The URL can be used to link to this page

C2023-15 Part 3 Special ProvisionsCITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 1.BIDDING PROCEDURE2.FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS 3.COMPLETION DATE 4.PRE-BID SCHEDULE 5.MANDATORY PREBID MEETING AND BUILDING TOUR PRIME CONTRACTORS 6.INQUIRIES/ADDENDA 7.PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS DURING BIDDING8.PROJECT MILESTONES9.PROJECT LOCATION AND ADJACENCY TO UPTOWN JANESVILLE MALL 10.PROJECT CONTACTS 11.DEFINITIONS 12.REFERENCE HIERARCHY 13.CODE STANDARDS 14.UNIT PRICE WORK15.INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS 16.FEDERAL WAGE RATES 17.PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING 18.SUBMITTALS 19.CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS AND SUBCONTRACTOR MEETINGS 20.REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION21.DAILY WORK RESTRICTIONS 22.LIQUIDATED DAMAGES 23.HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 24.ADDITIONAL SOIL BORINGS STUDY 25.UNDERGROUND UTILITY LOCATING 26.DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS 27.TESTS AND INSPECTIONS 28.WORK SITE SAFETY / OWNER SITE ACCESS / TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN 29.TEMPORARY FACILITIES 30.DUST CONTROL FINAL CLEANING 31.WORK PERFORMED BY THE CITY OF JANESVILLE 32.CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY PERIOD 33.CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PAYMENTS 34.CONTRACT FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACT CLOSE OUT 35.ATTACHMENT 1 - SUPPLEMENTARY PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS A.SECTION 00 26 00 - PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES B.SECTION 00 31 26 - EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION C.SECTION 00 31 32 - GEOTECHNICAL DATA D.SECTION 00 43 25 - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM (DURING PROCUREMENT) D.SECTION 00 61 16 - PAYMENT BOND (AIA A312 -2010) E.SECTION 00 63 63 - CHANGE ORDER (AIA G701-2017) F.SECTION 00 65 16 - CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION (AIA G704-2017) G.SECTION 00 72 13 - GENERAL CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT FOR CONSTRUCTION (AIA A201-2017) H.SECTION 00 73 00 - GENERAL CONDITIONS (SUPPLEMENTARY) 36. ATTACHMENT 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 01 11 00 - SUMMARY OF WORK B. SECTION 01 23 00 - ALTERNATES C. SECTION 01 25 00 - SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES D. SECTION 01 25 19 - SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM E. SECTION 01 26 00 - CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES F. SECTION 01 26 13 - REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION G. SECTION 01 29 00 - PAYMENT PROCEDURES H. SECTION 01 31 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT & COORDINATION I. SECTION 01 32 16 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULE J. SECTION 01 33 00 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES K. SECTION 01 40 00 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS L. SECTION 01 45 23 - TESTING AND INSPECTION PROCEDURES M. SECTION 01 50 00 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES N. SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS O. SECTION 01 73 00 - EXECUTION P. SECTION 01 73 29 - CUTTING AND PATCHING Q. SECTION 01 77 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES R. SECTION 01 78 23 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA S. SECTION 01 78 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 37. ATTACHMENT 3 – GEOTECH EXHIBIT 38. ATTACHMENT 4 - FURNISHING, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT (FFE) MATRIX CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 3 OF 24 CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER CONTRACT SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 The work under this contract shall be performed in accordance with applicable City of Janesville Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction (excluding references to unit price measurement and payment not used in this lump sum contract), hereinafter referred to as City Specifications, by visiting www.janesvillewi.gov/specs ; the Construction Documents which include drawings and specifications, and these Special Provisions. 1. BIDDING PROCEDURE When applicable, bidders shall submit a bid on a lump sum basis for the Base Bid and include a separate price for each Alternate Bid Item as described in the bidding documents and as provided for in the Bid Proposal. The price for each Alternate Bid will be the amount added to or deducted from the Base Bid if the City of Janesville selects an Alternate Bid Item. BASE BID The Base Bid will include costs for all labor and miscellaneous products, materials, equipment, and appliances necessary to complete all the Work as described in Divisions 00 thru 33 and all project documents. All bids are to include an Allowance of $50,000.00 for the application of various demolition and construction permits along with required related fees. The Contractor will be responsible for applying and paying for the permits. Donated labor and materials will be deducted from the base bid. Please refer to Part 4 for further direction and input. MANDATORY ALTERNATE BID ITEMS ADD Alternate 1- Construction required for the inclusion of a fourth basketball court in the Project Scope. ADD Alternate 2- Construct a new “core and shell” space to the south of the building for a future locker room expansion. This scope will include site work, the construction of concrete footing and foundation systems, exterior walls, roof structure, floor slab and MEP rough-in. ADD Alternate 3- Construct three (3) separate locker rooms with coaches’ offices to a previously built “core and shell” space. The locker rooms will include toilet stalls and shower rooms to serve each locker room individually. The construction shall include all floor, wall and ceiling finishes along with accessories. CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 4 OF 24 ADD Alternate 4- Furnish and install a reverse osmosis system in Mechanical Room 168. Note: Installation of the required plumbing lines for the system shall be included in the Base Bid. ADD Alternate 5- Furnish and install backer panel with quick release fastener system for the Multipurpose Arena. Refer to Sheet DB100 for proposed locations. DEDUCT Alternate 6- Remove water preheat waste heat recovery system. Work includes removing entire system including tanks, refrigerant piping, equipment pad, and all related work for a fully operational system. Water piping and refrigerant piping shall be stubbed out and capped for future connections if the alternate is accepted. City of Janesville shall have the right to accept alternates in any order or combination or not accept any. The successful bidder will be determined by the low bid, which may be the Base Bid or the combination of the Base Bid and accepted Alternate Bid Items. The Contractor shall refer to the Technical Specifications for detailed information pertaining to the Alternate Bid Items. The City only accepts bids through Quest CDN vBid online. Registration in the Quest system is required. Contact QuestCDN.com at info@questcdn.com or (952) 233-1632 for assistance in registration. 2. FEDERAL REQUIREMENTS The contractor must comply with the following Federal Requirements: Generally Applicable Definitions and Requirements. Contractors must comply with the generally applicable U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) and Community Planning and Development (CPD) requirements in 24 CRF Part 5, subpart A, including all applicable nondiscrimination and equal opportunity and civil rights requirements. Suspension and Debarment. The government-wide debarment and suspension regulations in 2 CFR Part 180 apply as incorporated and supplemented by HUD’s implementing regulations in 2 CFR Part 2424. These regulations restrict awards, subawards, and contracts with certain parties that are debarred, suspended, or otherwise excluded from or ineligible for participation in Federal assistance programs or activities. Economic Opportunities for Low- and Very Low-Income Persons in Connection with Assisted Projects. Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 (Section 3), 12 U.S.C. 1701u, and the HUD regulations at 24 CFR Part 75, ensure, to the greatest extent feasible, that training, employment, contracting and other economic opportunities be directed to persons with low- and very low-income levels, especially recipients of government assistance for housing, and to businesses that provide economic opportunities to people with low-and very low-income levels where a proposed project is located. The contractor will make best efforts to award contracts and CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 5 OF 24 subcontracts to business concerns that provide economic opportunities to Section 3 workers and will include language in any contract or agreement to apply these Section 3 requirements to contractors and subcontractors. The selected contractor will work with the City of Janesville to review the requirements of this regulation to determine specific efforts that will be taken to support Section 3 goals. Conflicts of Interest. Conflicts Subject to Procurement Regulations. i. Conflicts Subject to Procurement Regulations. Pursuant to 2 CFR 200.317 and 2 CFR 200.318(c), the City of Janesville and contractors must follow the requirements contained in paragraphs ii-v below. ii. General prohibition. No person who is an employee, agent, consultant, officer, or elected or appointed official of the City of Janesville or contractor and who exercises or has exercised any functions or responsibilities with respect to assisted activities, or who is in a position to participate in a decision making process or gain inside information with regard to such activities, may obtain a financial interest or benefit from the activity, or have a financial interest in any contract, subcontract, or agreement with respect thereto, or the proceeds thereunder, either for themselves or for those with whom they have immediate family or business ties, during their tenure or for one year thereafter. Immediate family ties include (whether by blood, marriage or adoption) the spouse, parent (including a stepparent), child (including a stepchild), brother, sister (including a stepbrother or stepsister), grandparent, grandchild, and in-laws of a covered person. iii. Exceptions. HUD may grant an exception to the general prohibition in paragraph (ii) upon the recipient’s written request and satisfaction of the threshold requirements in paragraph (iv), if HUD determines the exception will further the Federal purpose of the award and the effective and efficient administration of the recipient’s program or project, taking into account the cumulative effects of the factors in paragraph (v). iv. Threshold requirements for exceptions. HUD will consider an exception only after the recipient has provided the following documentation: a. A disclosure of the nature of the conflict, accompanied by an assurance that there has been public disclosure of the conflict and a description of how the public disclosure was made; and b. An opinion of the recipient's attorney that the interest for which the exception is sought would not violate state or local law. v. Factors to be considered for exceptions. In determining whether to grant a requested exception after the recipient has satisfactorily met the threshold requirements in paragraph (iii), HUD will consider the cumulative effect of the following factors, where applicable: a. Whether the exception would provide a significant cost benefit or an essential degree of expertise to the program or project that would otherwise not be available; CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 6 OF 24 b. Whether an opportunity was provided for open competitive bidding or negotiation; c. Whether the person affected is a member of a group or class of persons with low- or moderate-income levels intended to be the beneficiaries of the assisted activity, and the exception will permit such person to receive generally the same interests or benefits as are being made available or provided to the group or class; d. Whether the affected person has withdrawn from their functions or responsibilities, or the decision-making process with respect to the specific assisted activity in question; e. Whether the interest or benefit was present before the affected person was in a position as described in paragraph (ii); f. Whether undue hardship will result either to the recipient or the person affected when weighed against the public interest served by avoiding the prohibited conflict; and g. Any other relevant considerations. Contractors must obtain a Federal Unique Entity ID (UEI). As of April of 2022, all entities doing business with the federal government must use a Unique Entity ID created in SAM.gov. The federal government has stopped using the DUNS number to uniquely identify entities. If your organization is already registered in SAM.gov, your UEI has already been assigned and is viewable in SAM.gov. Contractors may refer to the Guide to Getting a Unique Entity ID at SAM.gov to get a Unique Entity ID. 3. COMPLETION DATE All work under this Contract shall be COMPLETED July 11, 2025. 4. PRE-BID SCHEDULE 11-3-2023 Bid documents available to bidders 11-14-2023 at 10 AM Mandatory pre-bid meeting for Prime Contractors 11-29-2023 at Noon Last day for bidder questions 11-29-2023 at Noon Ice Rink Contractor pre-qualification due. 12-1-2023 Final addendum issued, if applicable. 12-6-2023 at 2 PM Opening of Bids CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 7 OF 24 5. MANDATORY PREBID MEETING AND BUILDING TOUR FOR PRIME CONTRACTORS A mandatory pre-bid meeting for Prime Contractors and building tour for interested Contractors will be held at 10:00 AM on November 14, 2023 at the existing vacant Sears building located at 2500 Milton Avenue, Janesville, WI. The Owner’s Representatives and the Architect will be present to answer Bidder questions and tour the site. Potential Subcontractors and Vendors are encouraged to attend. Meet at the west building entrance (facing Milton Avenue). 6. INQUIRIES / ADDENDA A. Addenda may be issued during the bidding period. All Addenda become part of the Contract Documents. Include costs in the Bid Amount. B. Verbal answers are not binding on any party. C. Bidder questions during the bid period, must be in writing (email preferred) to Mark Natzke, Zimmerman Architectural Studios, mark.natzke@zastudios.com D. The last day for submitting questions is November 29, 2023 at Noon. The reply will be in the form of an Addendum, a copy of which will be posted online to Quest CDN. 7. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS DURING BIDDING A. Where the Bid Documents stipulate a particular product, the Contractor shall incorporate that product in the bid unless a substitution is approved by the Architect prior to bid submission. Material substitution requests must be submitted 10 calendar days prior to bid date to be considered for substitution approval. B. Submit substitution requests in accordance with Section 1.1.6.3 of the City’s Specifications and using the appropriate CSI Substitution Request form included in the Technical Specifications. C. When a request to substitute a product is made, the Architect may approve the substitution and will issue an Addendum to known bidders. D. The submission shall provide sufficient information to determine acceptability of such products. E. Provide complete information on required revisions to other work to accommodate each proposed substitution. F. Provide products as specified unless substitutions are submitted in this manner and accepted. 8. PROJECT MILESTONES 12-6-2023 at 2 PM Opening of bids. 1-8-2024 Award of contract 1-15-2024 to 2-2-2024 Window for Pre-Construction Meeting and start of Submittals/Procurements 2-5-2024 Start Construction 5-30-2025 Substantial Completion / Occupancy 6-2-2025 to 7-11-2025 Window Owner move-in. 7-11-2025 Final Completion CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 8 OF 24 9. PROJECT LOCATION AND ADJACENCY TO UPTOWN JANESVILLE MALL The existing project site is located at the vacant Sears building located at 2500 Milton Avenue, Janesville, Rock County, WI, which will be demolished as part of the project scope. The address designation for the new Woodman’s Sports & Convention Center (WSCC) will be 2510 Milton Avenue, Janesville, Rock County, WI, as shown on the cover page of the project plan set. All correspondence pertaining to the project including applications for construction permits and reviews will be coordinated with this address. The adjacent Uptown Janesville Mall retail development operates independently of any activities within project scope. The Contractor shall not interfere with any mall operations. 10. PROJECT CONTACTS A. Architect Brian Hatzung, AIA, NCARB, LEED AP | Principal Architect ZIMMERMAN ARCHITECTURAL STUDIOS, INC. 2122 West Mt. Vernon Avenue | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1467 zastudios.com I Brian.Hatzung@zastudios.com B. City Engineer Bradley Reents, P.E. | City Engineer CITY OF JANESVILLE 608.755.3160 reentsb@janesvillewi.gov C. Owner’s Representative Michael Hinderman | Senior Project Manager KRAUS-ANDERSON CONSTRUCTION COMPANY 151 E Wilson Street, Suite 100| Madison, WI 53703 608.838.5410 michael.hinderman@krausanderson.com D. Civil Engineer Brad M. Seubert, PE | Principle Civil Engineer HARWOOD ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, LTD. 255 N 21st Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1204 hecl.com I brad.seubert@hecl.com CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 9 OF 24 E. Structural Engineer Mary C. Piontkowski, PE, SE | Principle Structural Engineer HARWOOD ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, LTD. 255 N 21st Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1205 hecl.com I mary.piontkowski@hecl.com F. Plumbing Engineer Philip L. Mnuk DE | Senior Plumbing Designer HARWOOD ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, LTD. 255 N 21st Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1235 hecl.com I philip.mnuk@hecl.com G. Mechanical Engineer Michael D. Woehrle, PE. P.Eng. | Chief Mechanical Engineer NELSON - RUDIE 9100 49th Avenue North | Minneapolis, MN 55428 763.367.7630 nelsonrudie.com I Michael.Woehrle@nelsonrudie.com H. Electrical Engineer Mario Medina DE | Senior Electrical Designer HARWOOD ENGINEERING CONSULTANTS, LTD. 255 N 21st Street | Milwaukee, WI 53233 414.918.1216 hecl.com I mario.medina@hecl.com I. Ice Rink Engineer Scott A. Ward, P.E. | Chief Mechanical Engineer B32 ENGINEERING GROUP, INC. 2211 O’Neil Road | Hudson, WI 54016 715.245.8839 b32eng.com I scott.ward@b32eng.com J. Audio Visual Designer Phil Roeglin | Principal – Engineering & Design PROFESSIONAL AUDIO DESIGNS + TALASKE 1144 Lake Street, Unit 310 | Oak Park, IL 60301 708.524.2800 talaske.com I phil@proaudiodesigns.com CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 10 OF 24 K. Utilities - Gas and Electric - Gas and electric supply are provided by Alliant Energy. The contractor shall coordinate work under this contract affecting gas and electric services with the Alliant representative identified below. Ron Rohm | Janesville Operations - Engineering ALLIANT ENERGY 3730 Kennedy Road | Janesville, WI 53545-8812 Office: 608.757.7514 | Fax 608.757.7548 alliantenergy.com I ronaldrohm@alliantenergy.com Kimberly Mueller | Key Account Manager ALLIANT ENERGY 3730 Kennedy Road | Janesville, WI 53545-8812 Office: 608.757.7565 | Fax 608.757.7548 alliantenergy.com I kimberlym@alliantenergy.com L. Utilities - Sanitary Sewer & Water Service – Sanitary sewer and water service are provided by the City. As necessary, the contractor shall coordinate work under this contract associated with sanitary sewer and water service with: Craig Thiesenhusen | Water & Wastewater Utility Superintendent CITY OF JANESVILLE 608-373-3471 thiesenhusenc@janesvillewi.gov M. Utilities - Fiber Optic - As necessary, the Contractor shall coordinate work under this contract associated with fiber optic modifications, with: Brian Langer | IT Director CITY OF JANESVILLE 608-755-3204 langerb@janesvillewi.gov N. Chemical Service Provider - As necessary, the Contractor shall coordinate work under this contract associated with chemical services for mechanical systems with: Liz Tripi |TPM Engineer NALCO WATER 608-381-1374 Elizabeth.tripi@ecolab.com O. Existing Mall Development Julie Cubbage | General Manager UPTOWN JANESVILLE 608.752.7845 manager@uptownjanesvillewi.com CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 11 OF 24 11. DEFINITIONS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.1.1 DEFINITIONS - REVISE: ARCHITECT Understood to refer to a person or entity retained by the City of Janesville who is lawfully licensed to practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing architecture, in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Agreement, Addenda, Bid Documents, CONTRACTOR’s Bid (including documentation accompanying the Bid and any post- Bid Documentation submitted prior to the Notice of Award), the Bonds, these General Provisions, the Special Provisions (including attachments), the Specifications, the Drawings and the shop drawings as the same are more specifically identified in the Agreement ENGINEER Whenever the word “ENGINEER” is used herein, it shall be replaced by the word “ARCHITECT”. 12. REFERENCE HIERARCHY City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.1.3(1)(a) REFERENCE HIERARCHY - REVISE: (1) The contract reference materials listed below are in order of significance. If there is a conflict between the Support References and the City documents, the interpretation that benefits the City shall apply. For project scope, all adapted codes and regulations shall apply. (a) Contract Documents (i) Special Provisions (ii) Construction Documents as defined in “10. DEFINITIONS” above. (b) City of Janesville – Standard Specifications (c) Support References (Latest Editions for All) as noted in each Specification Section in Divisions 02 through 33 under the Article “REFERENCE STANDARDS”. 13. CODE STANDARDS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.1.4.2 STANDARDS - ADD: (1) (g) ICC A117.1-2009: Accessible and Usable Buildings and Facilities. (h) International Building Code (IBC) 2015 (i) Wisconsin Administrative Code Chapter SPS 318: Elevators, Escalators, and Lift Devices. CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 12 OF 24 (j) Wisconsin Administrative Code Chapters SPS 361 -366: Commercial Building Code. (k) International Fuel Gas Code (IFGC) 2015 (l) International Mechanical Code (IMC) 2015 (m) International Existing Building Code (IEBC) 2015 (n) International Energy Conservation Code (IECC) 2015 (o) NFPA 1, Fire Code 2012 by the National Fire Protection Association. (p) Wisconsin Administrative Code, Chapter SPS 314: Fire Prevention. (q) International Fire Code (IFC), Where referenced by other I-Codes. (r) Wisconsin Administrative Plumbing Codes, Chapters SPS 381-384. (s) NFPA 13, Standard for the Installation of Sprinkler Systems. (t) National Electrical Code (NEC) 2017 (u) Wisconsin Administrative Code Chapter SPS 316: Electrical. (3) The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary to produce the desired project results. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency the Contract Documents, an interpretation that favors the Owner shall control, meaning the Contractor shall provide the greatest quantity, highest quality, and highest degree of safety at no additional cost to the Owner. 14. UNIT PRICE WORK City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.1.7.7 UNIT PRICE WORK - REVISE: (1) Unit Prices will not be implemented during bidding of the project scope. 15. INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.2 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE - REVISE: (1) Contractor shall purchase and maintain such comprehensive general liability and other insurance as is appropriate for the Work being performed and furnished and as will provide protection from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from Contractor’s performance and furnishing of the work and Contractor’s other obligations under the Contract, whether it is to be performed or furnished by Contractor, by any Subcontractor, by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them to perform or furnish any of the Work, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable. The cost of providing the required insurance coverage and limits is incidental to the contract. All insurance required shall be written on an occurrence basis by companies rated by Best’s Rating Guide not less than A-/X and which are authorized to issue insurance policies in the State of Wisconsin. CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 13 OF 24 Notify the City immediately upon cancellation or initiating cancellation, whichever is earlier, or any material change in coverage. Cease operations immediately if any insurance is cancelled or reduced. Do not resume operations until the required coverage is in force. (a) Claims under worker’s or Workmen’s Compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts; (b) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of CONTRACTOR’s employees; (c) Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than CONTRACTOR’s employees; (d) Claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained, (a) by any person as a result of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by CONTRACTOR, or (b) by any other person for any other reason. (e) Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom; (f) Claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property; and (g) Claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance or use of any motor vehicle. (2) The limits of liability for the insurance required by the General Provisions shall provide coverage for not less than the following amounts or greater where required by laws or regulations: (a) Worker's Compensation, etc., under Section 1.2.2.2(1)(a) and (b): (i) State: Statutory or $1,000,000 per accident for bodily injury, $1,000,000 each employee for bodily injury by disease, whichever amount is greater. (ii) Applicable Federal: Statutory (iii) Employer's Liability: $100,000 per accident; $100,000 per disease, Policy Limit; $500,000, per disease, each employee. (iv) Shall cover claims under workers’ or Workmen’s Compensation, disability benefits and other similar employee benefit acts. (v) Shall cover claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of Contractor’s employees. (b) Comprehensive General Liability under Section 1.2.2.2(1)(c) through (f), and also covering all operations by or on behalf of the contract, which shall include the following minimum limits of liability and coverages: Premises and Operations; Contractual Liability insuring the indemnity obligations assumed by contractor under contract documents; Independent Contractors' Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage (including Completed Operations); Explosion, Collapse, and Underground Hazards; and Personal Injury CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 14 OF 24 Liability: (i) Bodily Injury: $2,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate. (ii) Property Damage (Including Product Liability): $1,000,000 Each Occurrence $2,000,000 Annual Aggregate Or combined Single Limit of $2,000,000 Except as Noted. (iii) Policy shall include property damage liability insurance which will provide explosion, collapse and underground coverages where applicable. (iv) Personal Injury: $2,000,000 annual aggregate. (v) Policy shall include Independent Contractor Coverage. (vi) Products and Completed Operations: $2,000,000 aggregate. (vii) General Aggregate: $2,000,000 applied separately to this project. (viii) Products and Completed Operations shall be maintained for 2 years after final payment. Provide evidence of coverage on annual basis. (ix) Property Damage Liability: Include X, C and U coverage. (x) Broad Form Property Damage shall include Completed Operations. (xi) Include Blanket Contractual Coverage for written agreements. (xii) Policy shall include the City and its employees and agents as additional insureds. (xiii) Shall cover claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than Contractor’s employees. (xiv) Shall cover claims for damages insured by personal injury liability coverage which are sustained, (a) by any person because of an offense directly or indirectly related to the employment of such person by Contractor, or (b) by any other person for any other reason. (xv) Shall cover claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property wherever located, including loss of use resulting therefrom. (xvi) Shall cover claims arising out of operation of Laws or Regulations for damages because of bodily injury or death of any person or for damage to property. (c) Comprehensive Automobile Liability under Section 1.2.2.2(1)(g), including Owned, Non-Owned and Hired Vehicles: (i) Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 each person; $1,000,000 each occurrence. (ii) Property Damage: $1,000,000 each occurrence or combined single limit of $1,000,000. (iii) Contractor shall require each of its subcontractors to include in their liability insurance policies coverage for automobile contractual liability. (iv) Shall cover claims for damages because of bodily injury or death of CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 15 OF 24 any person or property damage arising out of the ownership, maintenance, or use of any motor vehicle. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.3 CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY INSURANCE - REVISE (1) The comprehensive general liability insurance required by Section 1.2.2.2 will include contractual liability insurance applicable to CONTRACTOR’s obligations under Section 1.1.6.10(1) and (2). (a) Bodily Injury: $1,000,000 each occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate. (b) Property Damage: $1,000,000 each occurrence; $1,000,000 aggregate. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.4 PROPERTY INSURANCE (1) CONTRACTOR shall purchase and maintain property insurance upon the work at the site to the full insurable value thereof. This insurance shall include the interests of CITY, CONTRACTOR, Subcontractors and ARCHITECT/ENGINEER in the Work, all of whom shall be listed as insureds or additional insured parties, shall insure against the perils of fire and extended coverage and shall include “all risk” insurance for physical loss and damage including theft, vandalism, and malicious mischief, collapse and water damage, and such other perils as may be provided in the Special Provisions and shall include damages, losses and expenses arising out of or resulting from any insured loss or incurred in the repair or replacement of any insured property (including but not limited to fees and charges of engineers, architects, attorneys and other professionals). If not covered under the “all risk” insurance or otherwise provided in the Special Provisions, Contractor shall purchase and maintain similar property insurance on portions of the Work stored on and off the site or in transit when portions of the Work are to be included in an Application for Payment. (2) The insurance required by Sections 1.2.2.2 and 1.2.2.3 shall include the specific coverages and be written for not less than the limits of liability and coverages provided in the Special Provisions, or required by law, whichever is greater. All of the policies of insurance so required to be purchased and maintained (or the certificates or other evidence thereof) shall contain a provision or endorsement that the coverage afforded will not be canceled, materially changed or renewal refused until at least thirty days prior written notice has been given to CITY and ENGINEER by certified mail. All such insurance shall always remain in effect until final payment and thereafter when Contractor may be correcting, removing, or replacing defective Work in accordance with Section 1.5.6. (3) The cost of providing the required insurance coverage and limits is incidental to the contract. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.5 BUILDER’S RISK INSURANCE (1) The Contractor shall provide Builder’s Risk coverage, in the amount of the bid, for the duration of the project. Insurance shall remain in effect until project acceptance by the City, which may include a final certificate of occupancy, if applicable. (2) The Contractor shall forward certificates of insurance to the City evidencing the CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 16 OF 24 above required coverage. The certificate should indicate the City will receive a 30- day prior written notice of any material change or cancellation of the policy. (3) The cost of providing the required insurance coverage and limits is incidental to the contract. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.6 (ADD) PERSONAL INJURY, WITH EMPLOYMENT EXCLUSION DELETED (1) $1,000,000 aggregate. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.7 (ADD) IF GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGES ARE PROVIDED BY A COMMERCIAL LIABILITY POLICY, THE: (1) General Aggregate shall be not less than $5,000,000 and it shall apply, in total, to this policy only. (2) Fire Damage Limit shall be not less than $5,000,000 on any one Fire. (3) Medical Expense Limit shall be not less than $1,000,000 on any one person. City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.2.8 (ADD) UMBRELLA EXCESS LIABILITY (1) $5,000,000 over primary insurance. If there is no per project aggregate under the Commercial General Liability policy, the limit shall be $10,000,000. (2) $1,000,000 retention for self-insured hazards each occurrence. 16. FEDERAL WAGE RATES City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.2.4.2 FEDERAL WAGE RATES - CLARIFICATION: (1) Federal Wage Determinations (Davis-Bacon) will NOT apply to work performed under project scope. 17. PRE-CONSTRUCTION MEETING City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.1.6 PRE- CONSTRUCTION MEETING - REVISE: (1) After the Effective Date of the Contract, but at least 2 weeks before any significant Work takes place, a preconstruction meeting attended by CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT and others as appropriate will be, if necessary, held to discuss the schedules referred to in Section 1.3.2.1, to discuss procedures for handling Shop Drawings and other submittals and for processing Applications for Payment, and to establish a working understanding among the parties as to the Work. (a) CONTRACTOR’S preliminary target dates to commence and conclude major activities in each area of work. (b) Any CONTRACTOR proposed adjustments or suggestions, in the interest of the project, due to CONTRACTOR proposed means and methods, which would alter the phasing outlined in the bid documents may be discussed. OWNER may not accept the proposed adjustments; therefore, CONTRACTOR bid must CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 17 OF 24 align with phasing outlined in the bid documents. (2) The CONTRACTOR shall create and maintain a Work Staging and Site Use Plan which shall be reviewed at the pre-construction meeting in detail. Contractor Staging and Site Use will require the following to be provided and maintained: (a) 6’ tall chain-link perimeter fence with City approved fabric screening (b) Applicable lighting and security measures (c) Adequate safety and instructional way-finding signage (d) Right of way permitting and protections (e) Construction access: (i) Construction access to the site can only be made from Milton Ave, heading North bound. No access from (or use of) Refset Drive and Holiday Drive. (ii) Access must have lockable gate with supervision and flagging for all deliveries. (f) Public access: (i) Protected entrance (only) from Milton Ave for public use, with drive lane extending north for access to Ulta, Dicks and Chuck E. Cheese parking lot. (ii) Contractor to provide phasing plan for approval prior to performing any work impacting this entrance and drive lane. (g) Janesville Transit Services Requirements: (i) During construction, the existing JTS bus route on Refset will be eliminated and JTS will place temporary bus stops at the SE & SW corners of the of Milton Avenue and Refset intersection and the SW corner of Milton Avenue and the Holiday Drive Frontage Road. (h) Landlord Requirements: (i) Paint finished, insulated hard-wall partition at Mall tie-in. (ii) Maintain access to (2) Mall courtyards for Mall operations, deliveries, compactor, and service utilities. Contractor to provide phasing plan for approval prior to performing any work impacting these areas, operations, and service outages. (j) See plan documents for staging and mobilization areas. 18. SUBMITTALS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.1.7 SHOP DRAWINGS AND SAMPLES - ADD: (9) Approved submittals must be procured as soon as possible and within 5 business days from the return of the approved submittal. Due to possible supply chain issues and product delivery issues, approved submittals must be procured as soon as possible and within 5 business days from the return of the approved submittal. (10) Refer to Specification Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures for added requirements. CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 18 OF 24 19. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS AND SUBCONTRACTOR MEETINGS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.1.9 (ADD) CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS MEETINGS (1) During work under this contract, the contractor shall provide and maintain an as- built construction plan on site. Said plan shall include approved changes to the original plans drawn to scale on appropriate plan sheets in a neat and concise manner. (2) In addition to the three-week look-ahead schedule the contractor is to provide on a weekly basis, the contractor shall provide an initial full construction schedule to be distributed at the pre-construction meeting. The contractor shall provide updates to the full construction schedule as required by the engineer or as needed to convey an accurate timing of construction activities through project completion. (3) The Contractor shall coordinate mandatory bi-weekly OAC progress meetings to be held on a reoccurring day, time, and location as agreed to by the Contractor, Architect, and the Owner’s Representative (4) Contractor coordination shall include preparing and distributing meeting agendas, taking meeting notes and distributing meeting minutes, three-week look-ahead schedule, and distributing attendance sheets. Meeting minutes to include: (a) Introductions (b) Project overview (c) Approval of last meetings minutes (d) Submittal log / updates (e) RFI log / updates (f) Proposal request log / updates (g) Three-week look ahead schedule (h) Updated long range schedule. (i) Subcontractor / Vendor items (j) Owner’s Representative items (k) Consultant items (5) The Contractor shall also coordinate mandatory weekly Subcontractor meetings. The Owner’s Representative and Architect may attend but are not required to. Subcontractor’s representatives that have scope on the three-week look ahead shall be in attendance. Documents of meeting minutes shall be included in the O&M. 20. REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.1.10 (ADD) REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (1) During construction, Requests for Information (RFI) shall be submitted electronically to the Architect. The Architect will provide a response to an RFI with a single question within 8 business days of receipt of the RFI. A response to an RFI with multiple questions or parts may take longer. The Architect will provide a written response to the RFI directly. (2) Refer to Specification Section 01 26 13 – Requests for Information for added requirements. CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 19 OF 24 21. DAILY WORK RESTRICTIONS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.2.2 DAILY WORK RESTRICTIONS - REVISE: (1) Contractor will be expected to work on this Contract during regular work hours (7:00 A.M. to 5:00 P.M.), Monday through Friday. The Contractor will be allowed to work extended hours and weekends to facilitate completion of work under this contract with prior coordination. Contractor shall always keep on the work during its progress a competent resident Superintendent. 22. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.3.3 FAILURE TO MEET CONTRACT TIME REQUIREMENTS - REVISE: (1)(2) There will be no Liquidated Damages in this project. 23. HAZARDOUS MATERIALS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.1.2(1) EXPLORATIONS AND REPORTS - ADD (a) Hazardous materials assessment has been completed by City of Janesville’s selected firm and the results are included in Specification Document 00 31 26 of this Project’s Construction Document Project Manual. (b) The city will submit a “Notice of Demolition” form #4500-113 to the Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR), following the contract award. The contractor will need to submit a copy of this Notice of Demolition to obtain a city demolition permit. The contractor shall post the City demolition permit on site and in a location readily visible to the public. 24. ADDITIONAL SOIL BORINGS STUDY City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.1.2(1) EXPLORATIONS AND REPORTS - ADD (c) Attached Document 00 31 32 – Geotechnical Data includes soil boring data and resulting recommendations from explorations completed during the first phase of a 2-phase Geotechnical Exploration Report. Due to access issues and cost, there will be additional soil borings done upon the completion of demolition of the existing vacant Sears Building. These borings are described as BA-1, BA-2, BA-3 and BA-4 in Attachment 3 Geotech Report. A second Geotechnical Report will be completed from these borings with resulting information given to the Architect and Structural Engineer for final assessment of the project scope foundation design. The work and report shall be contracted and coordinated outside this bid and completed as directed by the City’s design team. The Contractor shall CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 20 OF 24 incorporate this scope into the schedule and allow access for the activity to take place. Contractor to provide a 10-calendar day notice to the Architect indicating when the site will be ready for soil borings. Contractor shall provide a 10-calendar day window for the geotechnical consultant to perform the soil boring work. No new foundational work will be constructed until confirmation of any possible modifications to the foundational system by the City’s design team, but progress on project scope outside the limits of the proposed foundation system can continue. Contractor is to base the proposed costs for work in what is currently in the Bid Set. 25. UNDERGROUND UTILTIY LOCATING City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.1.3 PHYSICAL CONDITIONS OF UNDERGROUND FACILITIES – ADD (1) The Contractor must abide by WI State Statute 182.0175, which outlines the responsibility of the Contractor when excavating on or near underground facilities. The Contractor must have all underground utilities, private or otherwise located during construction at their expense. The Contractor must work with the Owner to ensure all private utilities on City property are properly located. City-owned facilities may not be registered with Diggers Hotline therefore prior to any work being performed on City property the Contractor will be required to notify the proper personnel to have any private facilities located. Accuracy cannot be guaranteed. 26. DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.10 DISPOSAL OF MATERIALS - ADD: (2) The contractor is encouraged to recycle and minimize material disposal in landfills. If the materials are to be disposed of at the City’s landfill, located at 801 Black Bridge Road, the City’s landfill requires contractors to be pre-approved and have an account to dispose materials. This process needs to be completed in advance of taking materials to the landfill. Contractor shall pay for all disposal costs, incidental to the awarded Contract price. The City’s general operations phone number is 608- 755-3110. Upon request, the City may be able to provide a listing of area recyclers. 27. TESTS AND INSPECTIONS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.12 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS - ADD: (4) Specific required testing and inspection procedures are defined in Specification Divisions 02 through 34. Refer to Specification Section 01 45 23 – Testing and Inspection Procedures for added requirements. 28. WORK SITE SAFETY / OWNER SITE ACCESS / TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 21 OF 24 City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.15 (ADD) WORK SITE SAFETY / OWNER SITE ACCESS / TRAFFIC CONTROL PLAN: (1) The Contractor is responsible for the safety of all persons and property inside the construction zone. This entails deploying proper barricades, traffic control plans, and or flag person to protect vehicles and pedestrians passing by or through the work zone, along with ensuring that equipment operators utilize ground spotters when necessary. (2) Open ground must be properly always barricaded that the Contractor is not in the immediate vicinity of the open ground. Open ground areas that are to remain open overnight or over any extended period must be barricaded in a fashion that will make the open area easily detectable and avoidable by passersby. (3) Potholes/core holes in the immediate vicinity of the work zone during working hours can be covered with a cone; however, Type II barricades must be placed over any pothole left open overnight. Steel plates over street or sidewalk cores, or the temporary replacement of cores are the only acceptable means by which to cover the core hole when the Contractor is not physically on-site performing work. (4) All work areas, both interior and outdoor must always remain clean and free of all rubbish and tools not in use. At the end of each workday the Contractor must clean the worksite and secure all equipment and tools. (5) Worksite safety procedures must follow and comply with the guidelines and requirements of all applicable Municipal and OSHA standards. (6) All Contractor crews working within the Owner Sites must work with the Project Manager to coordinate access and work to not disrupt the Owner’s day-to-day operations. (7) The Contractor must submit a Traffic Control Plan consistent with the guidelines set forth in the Manual on Uniform Traffic Control devices (MUTCD) for all construction being performed within various City Streets 29. TEMPORARY FACILITIES City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.16 (ADD) TEMPORARY FACILITIES: (1) Electric power: The Contractor is responsible for making the arrangements and paying for any costs the utility may charge associated with establishing the temp service and permitting. Temporary electric facilities are intended to provide services for lighting and single phase portable fractional horsepower motorized equipment. Any Contractor requiring electric service for other than single phase portable fractional horsepower motorized equipment shall make their own arrangements and pay all incidental costs. The cost of power consumed is paid for by the City. (2) Water: Contractor may use the existing water sources available. If existing water source isn’t available and a hydrant is available, the contractor shall provide a hydrant water connection if temporary water is required. Contractor shall pay all required permits, deposits or costs required by authorities having jurisdiction to obtain the required code compliant hydrant connection. If hydrant connection is obtainable from local governing water utility or agency having jurisdiction the CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 22 OF 24 contractor shall provide a water meter with code compliant backflow and hydrant connection where available. Water costs from temporary hydrant water connection or existing water source shall be paid by owners. (3) Sanitary Facilities: The Contractor shall provide, maintain, and pay for a porta-potty to be located on site within the secure staging area. (4) Traffic control barricades and chain link fencing required with use of public roadway/property for contractor staging shall be provided by the contractor. (5) The contractor shall provide waste containers and waste disposal as needed to keep the site clean and free of accumulated debris. 30. DUST CONTROL / FINAL CLEANING City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.2.17 (ADD) DUST CONTROL / FINAL CLEANING: (1) The Contractor shall provide a final cleaning of all dust, waste and debris created by this project and before turning over to the City upon completion of the project. This includes sweeping and wet mopping of all hard surface floors, removal of dust from walls, horizontal hard surfaces, and ceilings, etc. and turning the building back over to the City in a condition cleaner than conditions at the start of the work. 31. WORK PERFORMED BY THE CITY OF JANESVILLE City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.4.3.1 RELATED WORK AT SITE - ADD: (a) The City of Janesville will be self-performing work in conjunction with this Contract. Coordination and notification with City staff may be required. Some tasks may involve integration into the project schedule: (i) Asphalt density testing - (ii) Site utilities installation inspection. (iii) Work by Alliant Energy – Solar installation anticipated after Occupancy is granted. (iv) City Fiber Service outside of building in pathways provided in the contract documents. (v) Live Barn Coordination (vi) Additional soil borings (vii) Numerous FFE items to be coordinated. CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 23 OF 24 32. CONTRACTOR’S WARRANTY PERIOD City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.5.2 ONE YEAR CORRECTION PERIOD - ADD: (2) Warranties do not commence based on equipment delivery dates. In Special Warranty cases listed in the Project Specifications warranties may exceed more than one year. This warranty date will also commence from substantial completion of the project. The Contractor will schedule a walk through with the Architect and the City one month before the one-year warranty expires to review the project and address any outstanding concerns. 33. CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PAYMENTS City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS PAYMENTS - REVISE: (1) All construction payments will be processed and issued as electronic fund transfers (EFT). As a condition of the contract, the contractor shall fill out and submit the City’s EFT Application Form to allow EFT payments. (a) The contractor shall provide the Architect and Owner with a detailed schedule of values for the major elements that make up the Base Bid and any Alternate Bid Items awarded. (b) The contractor shall submit to the Architect, within the first five days of a month, a detailed Invoice filled out and signed by Contractor covering work completed as of the end of the previous month. The Contractor will submit using AIA 702 and 703 Payment application documents. In addition, the invoices for subcontractors and vendors will be included in the submittal. Information shall include a listing of the quantity of work completed under the items listed in the bid proposal. Partial lien waivers for the work performed will be submitted at this time. 34. CONTRACT FINAL PAYMENT and CONTRACT CLOSE OUT City of Janesville Standard Specifications – Part 1 General Provisions Article 1.6.1.9 (ADD) CONTRACT FINAL PAYMENT AND CONTRACT CLOSEOUT (1) Contract final payment and contract close out shall be in general accordance with Part 1 of the City’s Specifications and more specifically, Section 1.6 and shall include the following: (b) Prior to issuance of final contract payment, the contractor shall submit a digital copy on 3 separate flash/portable usb drives and 3 printed copies of close-out documents that include but may not be limited to: (i) Operations & Maintenance Manuals (ii) Warranties (iii) Startup reports (iv) Submittal listing & Submittals. (v) Meeting minutes (vi) Testing Reports (vii) RFIs (viii) As-built Documents CITY OF JANESVILLE PUBLIC WORKS BID SCHEDULE “E” – 2023 CONTRACT C2023-15, WOODMAN’S SPORTS & CONVENTION CENTER SPECIAL PROVISIONS – PART #3 PAGE 24 OF 24 35. ATTACHMENT 1 - SUPPLEMENTARY PROCUREMENT AND CONTRACTING DOCUMENTS See attached. 36. ATTACHMENT 2 - SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL REQUIREMENTS See attached. 37. ATTACHMENT 3 – GEOTECH EXHIBIT See attached. 38. ATTACHMENT 4 - FURNISHING, FIXTURES, AND EQUIPMENT (FFE) MATRIX See attached. Architecture | Engineering | Interiors | Planning | Landscape Architecture zastudios.com info@zastudios.com 2122 West Mt. Vernon Ave, Milwaukee, WI, 53233 PART 3 – SPECIAL PROVISIONS Attachment 1 Supplementary Procurement and Contracting Requirements 10/04/2023 City of Janesville Woodman’s Sports & Convention Center (WSCC) 2500 Milton Avenue Janesville, Wisconsin 53545 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 00 26 00 - 1 Procurement Substitution Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 00 26 00 PROCUREMENT SUBSTITION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. Procurement Substitution Requests: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those indicated in the Procurement and Contracting Documents, submitted prior to receipt of bids. B. Substitution Requests: Requests for changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction from those indicated in the Contract Documents, submitted following Contract award. See Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for conditions under which Substitution requests will be considered following Contract award. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Compatibility of Substitutions: Investigate and document compatibility of proposed substitution with related products and materials. Engage a qualified testing agency to perform compatibility tests recommended by manufacturers. B. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.4 PROCUREMENT SUBSTITUTIONS A. Procurement Substitutions, General: By submitting a bid, the Bidder represents that its bid is based on materials and equipment described in the Procurement and Contracting Documents, including Addenda. Bidders are encouraged to request approval of qualifying substitute materials and equipment when the Specifications Sections list materials and equipment by product or manufacturer name. B. Procurement Substitution Requests will be received and considered by Owner when the following conditions are satisfied, as determined by Architect; otherwise, requests will be returned without action: 1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. 2. Proposed changes are in keeping with the general intent of the Contract Documents, including the level of quality of the Work represented by the requirements therein. 3. The request is fully documented and properly submitted. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. Procurement Substitution Request: Submit to Architect per the City’s General and Special Provisions and in compliance with the following requirements: 1. Requests for substitution of materials and equipment will be considered if received no later than 10 days prior to date of bid opening. 2. Procurement Substitution Request must be made in writing by prime contract Bidder. 220025.00 00 26 00 - 2 Procurement Substitution Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3. Submittal Format: Submit three copies of each written Procurement Substitution Request, using form bound in Project Manual. 4. Submittal Format: Submit Procurement Substitution Request, using format provided on Project Web site. a. Identify the product or the fabrication or installation method to be replaced in each request. Include related Specifications Sections and drawing numbers. b. Provide complete documentation on both the product specified and the proposed substitute, including the following information as appropriate: 1) Point-by-point comparison of specified and proposed substitute product data, fabrication drawings, and installation procedures. 2) Copies of current, independent third-party test data of salient product or system characteristics. 3) Samples where applicable or when requested by Architect. 4) Detailed comparison of significant qualities of the proposed substitute with those of the Work specified. Significant qualities may include attributes such as performance, weight, size, durability, visual effect, sustainable design characteristics, warranties, and specific features and requirements indicated. Indicate deviations, if any, from the Work specified. 5) Material test reports from a qualified testing agency indicating and interpreting test results for compliance with requirements indicated. 6) Research reports, where applicable, evidencing compliance with building code in effect for Project. c. Coordination information, including a list of changes or modifications needed to other parts of the Work and to construction performed by Owner and separate contractors, which will become necessary to accommodate the proposed substitute. d. Provide certification by manufacturer that the substitute proposed is equal to or superior to that required by the Procurement and Contracting Documents, and that its in-place performance will be equal to or superior to the product or equipment specified in the application indicated. e. Bidder, in submitting the Procurement Substitution Request, waives the right to additional payment or an extension of Contract Time because of the failure of the substitute to perform as represented in the Procurement Substitution Request. B. Architect's Action: 1. Architect may request additional information or documentation necessary for evaluation of the Procurement Substitution Request. Architect will notify all bidders of acceptance of the proposed substitute by means of an Addendum to the Procurement and Contracting Documents. C. Architect's approval of a substitute during bidding does not relieve Contractor of the responsibility to submit required shop drawings and to comply with all other requirements of the Contract Documents. END OF SECTION 220025.00 00 31 26 - 1 Existing Hazardous Material Information © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 00 31 26 EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL INFORMATION 1.1 INVESTIGATION A. Hazardous Material investigations were conducted at the site, the results of which are the Report for Hazardous Materials Assessment, prepared by True North Consultants, Inc., dated March 7th 2023. The report is included in this document section. 1.2 INTERPRETATION A. The report is provided only for bidder's information and convenience and is not part of the Contract Documents. Owner and Architect do not warrant the accuracy or extent of the report or locations of the hazardous materials. B. Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. assumes no liability or responsibility for the preparation or content of the Report for Hazardous Materials Assessment. All questions concerning this report shall be directed to the Hazardous Waste Inspectors as identified in within the report. C. The report is based upon the assumption that hazardous materials exist in the survey scope. Interpretation of the report is bidder's responsibility. Owner and Architect will not be responsible for interpretation of report by bidders. D. Bidders are urged to examine the report and the site. E. Additional hazardous material surveys or other exploratory operations may be made by bidders at no additional cost to Owner, provided such operations are approved by Owner in advance. F. Refer to Conditions of the Contract for additional information. END OF SECTION March 7, 2023 City of Janesville 18 N. Jackson Street Janesville, WI 53547 RE: Report for Hazardous Materials Assessment Former Sears Property Building 2500 Milton Avenue Janesville, Wisconsin 53545 True North Project #T230890 Dear City of Janesville: True North Consultants, Inc., a Wisconsin Department of Health Services (WDHS) licensed Asbestos Company (WDHS CAP-966520) was retained by the City of Janesville (client) to conduct sampling and analysis of suspect asbestos-containing materials (ACM), lead-based paint (LBP), and to perform a hazardous materials assessment associated the with the former Sears building located at 2500 Milton Avenue in Janesville, Wisconsin (Figure 1). Testing services were performed by a WDHS licensed Asbestos Inspector (Benjamin T. Stencil WDHS AII-238133) on February 28, 2023. True North has prepared this letter to document the findings of the assessment at the property building. The assessment was conducted to identify the potential presence, location, and approximate quantity and volume of potentially hazardous materials within the former Sears building. Asbestos Inspection An asbestos inspection was completed at the property on February 28, 2023. Samples were collected and submitted for laboratory analysis of percent asbestos. Copies of the True North asbestos survey field report is included in Attachment A. The bulk samples were submitted to a National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST), National Voluntary Laboratory Accreditation Program (NVLAP) accredited laboratory for analysis (Eurofins CEI Labs, Inc. - Accreditation No. 101768-0). The bulk samples were analyzed for asbestos content in accordance with the procedures for Polarized Light Microscopy (PLM) with dispersion staining, contained in the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Method for the Determination of Asbestos in Bulk Building Materials (EPA/600/R-93/116). Results of sample analysis were reported as a percent composition. Laboratory reports and chain-of-custody documentation are included in Attachment B. Materials sampled at the property included drywall, caulks, base-cove and mastic, floor tile and mastic, ceramic tile and grout, carpet and mastic, ceiling tiles, and various other materials. A total of 46 samples were submitted for laboratory analysis. Based upon the results of analysis, Hazardous Materials Assessment > TN Project T230890 > 03/07/2023 > Page 2 asbestos-containing materials (ACM) were not identified in any of the samples collected at the property. Inspectors are only able to inspect open, safe, and accessible areas inside and outside of the building. Inaccessible suspect material may be hidden throughout this building. Any additional suspect materials discovered during the course of abatement/demolition/remodeling must be assumed asbestos containing material (ACM) until sampled by a State-Certified Asbestos Inspector and proven negative. OSHA regulates all work activities where the potential for occupational exposure to asbestos exists and the handling and disposal of any asbestos- containing material regardless of the concentrations of asbestos present. Therefore, any work activities that may result in the disturbance of suspect materials should be performed by qualified personnel utilizing appropriate work practices and engineering controls. The survey was performed to identify the approximate quantities and locations of asbestos- containing materials present at the property. Quantities of materials referenced within the report are solely intended to be “estimates” of those quantities present and are not intended to be exact or otherwise utilized for bid purposes. OSHA regulates all work activities where the potential for occupational exposure to asbestos exists and the handling and disposal of any asbestos-containing material regardless of the concentrations of asbestos present. Therefore, any work activities that may result in the disturbance of the identified materials should be performed by qualified personnel utilizing appropriate work practices and engineering controls. Hazardous Materials Inventory True North provided a qualified environmental professional to identify potential hazardous materials, universal waste materials and other regulated materials present at the property. Potential hazardous materials surveyed included materials that have the potential to become wastes upon termination of use. Materials identified during the assessment included universal wastes, as defined in Wisconsin Administrative Code (WAC) chapter NR 673: Universal Waste Management Standards, and hazardous wastes as defined in the USEPA Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA). In addition to the aforementioned materials, appliances and white goods which may be subject to special handling and disposal requirements were also identified and inventoried for future reference. No samples were collected as part of the assessment to identify the hazardous nature of the materials present. Identification and quantification were based on physical appearance, labels and demarcation, and/or available property documentation. The services performed by the environmental scientists on this project have been conducted with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the profession, practicing in the same locality, under similar budget and time constraints. No warranty is made or intended. Based upon the findings of the hazardous and other regulated materials assessment, potentially hazardous waste materials, universal waste materials, and other regulated materials are present at the property including the following: Hazardous Materials Assessment > TN Project T230890 > 03/07/2023 > Page 3 • Fluorescent Bulbs (including CFLs) • PCB-Containing Ballasts • Fire Extinguishers • Batteries (smoke detector, electronic thermostat, exit signs) • Mercury Containing Thermostats • Air Conditioning Units (CFCs, HCFCs, and Refrigerants) • Elevator Motors More information regarding these identified materials is included in Table 3. Lead-Based Paint Inspection The United State Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and Wisconsin Department of Natural Resources (WDNR) define LBP as paint that contains greater than 0.5% lead by weight (5,000 parts per million) or 1.0 mg/cm2 by X-ray fluorescence. The WDNR specifies that any painted building materials that contain lead at concentrations greater than 0.5% or 1.0 mg/cm2 may not be used as fill or aggregate and must be disposed of at a WDNR approved sanitary landfill. For projects involving the demolition of structures or removal of architectural components coated with LBP, the WDNR does not typically require hazardous waste determinations of the materials prior to disposal. The generator of the wastes, however, must follow the state’s solid waste regulations and dispose of the debris in a WDNR approved disposal facility. Unlike the aforementioned standards, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Lead Standard for the Construction Industry applies to all work activities where the potential for occupational exposure to lead exists regardless of the concentrations detected or type of building occupancy. If work is performed on painted surfaces that may result in occupational exposure to lead, the employer is responsible for ensuring that appropriate control measures are taken to protect their employees. Please note, OSHA does not recognize XRF technology for determination of employee exposure. Contractors are responsible for their own OSHA compliance for lead paint to employees. Representative testing of suspect lead-based paint (LBP) was performed by taking paint chip samples from various painted surfaces throughout the property. The purpose of sampling was to develop an overall representation of the lead-content on painted building materials. Testing services were performed by True North on February 28, 2023. Concentrations of lead at the property were detected but were below the EPA and WDNR regulatory limit for the tested materials at the property. LBP was identified on a yellow painted curbs and light poles located in the parking lot in the front of the building (Figure 2). Results of testing were reported in the units of milligrams per square centimeter (mg/cm2). Individual sample results are included in Attachment B. Conclusions and Recommendations Based on the results of these limited inspection activities and analytical results, True North Hazardous Materials Assessment > TN Project T230890 > 03/07/2023 > Page 4 concludes the following: 1. Asbestos containing materials were not identified at the property. 2. LBP was identified on yellow light pole bases and curbs located in the parking lot. 3. Hazardous Materials were identified at the property. Based upon the results of analysis, asbestos-containing materials were not present at the property. Lead-based paint was identified in yellow light pole bases and curbs in the parking lot of the property as described above. Additional Hazardous Materials should be removed from the property prior to renovation as identified above. • Remove all fluorescent light bulbs and dispose/recycle these materials as a universal waste according to WAC NR 673. • Remove all PCB-containing or assumed PCB-containing ballasts and dispose according to 40 CFR 761, Subpart K, where applicable. • Remove batteries that are no longer to be used for their intended use and transport them to an approved recycling facility. • Remove paint cans, aerosols, various cleaning supplies, and chemicals and properly dispose prior to renovation. • Reclaim refrigerant from air conditioning units and refrigeration units in accordance with EPA regulations. • Remove the elevator engines and any associated liquids. Ensure that appropriate disposal receipts are provided by the disposal contractor and maintained for waste materials to be removed from the property. General Remarks Materials which were suspected to contain asbestos were sampled during the survey. True North made efforts to sample visible and/or accessible suspect asbestos-containing materials. However, True North is not responsible for the identification of suspect asbestos-containing materials that are not readily accessible due to enclosure, encasement, concealment or that cannot be accessed due to unsafe conditions. The survey was performed to identify the approximate quantities and locations of asbestos- containing materials present. Quantities of materials referenced within the report are solely intended to be “estimates” of those quantities present and are not intended to be exact or otherwise utilized for bid purposes. The services performed by the environmental scientists on this project have been conducted with that level of care and skill ordinarily exercised by reputable members of the profession, practicing in the same locality, under similar budget and time constraints. No warranty is made or intended. Copies of True North certifications are included in Attachment C. You can contact me at 608.577.8315 or cvalcheff@consulttruenorth.com with any questions. Thank you for the opportunity to assist you with this project. Hazardous Materials Assessment > TN Project T230890 > 03/07/2023 > Page 5 Regards, TRUE NORTH CONSULTANTS Christopher H. Valcheff Benjamin Stencil Vice President Staff Consultant - Inspector Enclosures: Attachment A: True North Asbestos Survey Field Report Attachment B: Laboratory Analytical Reports for ACM and LBP Attachment C: True North Certification Documentation Table 1: Hazardous Materials Identified March 7, 2023 True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 CLIENT PROJECT:Former Sears Building, T230890 CEI LAB CODE:B234779 Dear Customer: Enclosed are asbestos analysis results for PLM Bulk samples received at our laboratory on March 1, 2023. The samples were analyzed for asbestos using polarizing light microscopy (PLM) per the EPA 600 Method. Sample results containing >1% asbestos are considered asbestos-containing materials (ACMs) per EPA regulatory requirements. The detection limit for the EPA 600 Method is <1% asbestos by weight as determined by visual estimation. Thank you for your business and we look forward to continuing good relations. 730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 Tianbao Bai, Ph.D., CIH Laboratory Director Kind Regards, ASBESTOS ANALYTICAL REPORT By: Polarized Light Microscopy Prepared for True North Consultants, Inc. CLIENT PROJECT: LAB CODE: TEST METHOD: EPA 600 / R93 / 116 and EPA 600 / M4-82 / 020 REPORT DATE: TOTAL SAMPLES ANALYZED: # SAMPLES >1% ASBESTOS: Former Sears Building, T230890 46 03/07/23 B234779 730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 Asbestos Report Summary By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY PROJECT: Former Sears Building, T230890 LAB CODE: B234779 Client ID Lab ID Color Sample Description ASBESTOS %Layer METHOD: EPA 600 / R93 / 116 and EPA 600 / M4-82 / 020 MWA-1 B234779.01 White,Off-white Drywall/Joint Compound & Tape None DetectedMWA-1 MWA-2 B234779.02 White,Off-white Drywall/Joint Compound & Tape None DetectedMWA-2 MWA-3 B234779.03 White,Off-white Drywall/Joint Compound & Tape None DetectedMWA-3 MMA-1 B234779.04 Off-white Insulation None DetectedMMA-1 MFA-1 B234779.05 Off-white,Gray Carpet None DetectedMFA-1 MFA-2 B234779.06 Off-white,Gray Carpet None DetectedMFA-2 MCA-1 B234779.07 Off-white,White Ceiling Tile None DetectedMCA-1 MFB-1 B234779.08A Tan,Gray Floor Tile None DetectedMFB-1 B234779.08B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFB-2 B234779.09A Tan,Gray Floor Tile None DetectedMFB-2 B234779.09B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFB-3 B234779.10A Tan,Gray Floor Tile None DetectedMFB-3 B234779.10B Yellow Mastic None Detected MMB-1 B234779.11A Tan,Off-white Base Cove None DetectedMMB-1 B234779.11B Off-white Mastic None Detected MMB-2 B234779.12A Tan,Off-white Base Cove None DetectedMMB-2 B234779.12B Off-white Mastic None Detected MFC-1 B234779.13A Tan,Off-white Carpet None DetectedMFC-1 Layer 1 B234779.13B Yellow Carpet Mastic None Detected Layer 2 B234779.13B Green Carpet Mastic None Detected MFC-2 B234779.14A Tan,Off-white Carpet None DetectedMFC-2 Layer 1 B234779.14B Yellow Carpet Mastic None Detected Layer 2 B234779.14B Green Carpet Mastic None Detected MFD-1 Layer 1 B234779.15 Off-white,Gray Ceramic Tile None DetectedMFD-1 Layer 2 B234779.15 Gray Grout None Detected MFD-2 Layer 1 B234779.16 Off-white,Gray Ceramic Tile None DetectedMFD-2 Layer 2 B234779.16 Gray Grout None Detected MCB-1 B234779.17 Off-white,White Ceiling Tile None DetectedMCB-1 MFE-1 B234779.18A Gray,Black Floor Tile None DetectedMFE-1 B234779.18B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFE-2 B234779.19A Gray,Black Floor Tile None DetectedMFE-2 Page 1 of 3730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 Asbestos Report Summary By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY PROJECT: Former Sears Building, T230890 LAB CODE: B234779 Client ID Lab ID Color Sample Description ASBESTOS %Layer METHOD: EPA 600 / R93 / 116 and EPA 600 / M4-82 / 020 B234779.19B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFF-1 B234779.20A Off-white Floor Tile None DetectedMFF-1 B234779.20B Yellow,Gray Mastic None Detected MFF-2 B234779.21A Off-white Floor Tile None DetectedMFF-2 B234779.21B Yellow,Gray Mastic None Detected MFG-1 Layer 1 B234779.22 Off-white Ceramic Tile None DetectedMFG-1 Layer 2 B234779.22 Gray Grout None Detected MFG-2 Layer 1 B234779.23 Off-white Ceramic Tile None DetectedMFG-2 Layer 2 B234779.23 Gray Grout None Detected MFH-1 B234779.24A Tan,Green Carpet None DetectedMFH-1 Layer 1 B234779.24B Yellow Mastic None Detected Layer 2 B234779.24B Green Mastic None Detected MFH-2 B234779.25A Tan,Brown Carpet None DetectedMFH-2 Layer 1 B234779.25B Yellow Mastic None Detected Layer 2 B234779.25B Green Mastic None Detected MWB-1 B234779.26 Off-white,White Drywall/Joint Compound None DetectedMWB-1 MWB-2 B234779.27 Off-white,White Drywall/Joint Compound None DetectedMWB-2 MWB-3 B234779.28 Off-white,White Drywall/Joint Compound None DetectedMWB-3 MFI-1 B234779.29A Off-white,Tan Floor Tile None DetectedMFI-1 Layer 1 B234779.29B Yellow Mastic None Detected Layer 2 B234779.29B Gray Leveling Compound None Detected Layer 3 B234779.29B Green Mastic None Detected MFI-2 B234779.30A Off-white,Tan Floor Tile None DetectedMFI-2 B234779.30B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFJ-1 B234779.31A Off-white,Black Floor Tile None DetectedMFJ-1 B234779.31B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFJ-2 B234779.32A Off-white,Black Floor Tile None DetectedMFJ-2 Layer 1 B234779.32B Yellow Mastic None Detected Layer 2 B234779.32B Gray Leveling Compound None Detected MMC-1 B234779.33A Gray Base Cove None DetectedMMC-1 B234779.33B Off-white Mastic None Detected Page 2 of 3730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 Asbestos Report Summary By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY PROJECT: Former Sears Building, T230890 LAB CODE: B234779 Client ID Lab ID Color Sample Description ASBESTOS %Layer METHOD: EPA 600 / R93 / 116 and EPA 600 / M4-82 / 020 MFK-1 Layer 1 B234779.34 Off-white,Red Ceramic Tile None DetectedMFK-1 Layer 2 B234779.34 Off-white Grout None Detected MFK-2 Layer 1 B234779.35 Off-white,Red Ceramic Tile None DetectedMFK-2 Layer 2 B234779.35 Gray Mortar None Detected MWC-1 B234779.36A Off-white Ceramic Tile None DetectedMWC-1 Layer 1 B234779.36B Off-white Mastic None Detected Layer 2 B234779.36B Tan,Yellow Mastic None Detected Layer 3 B234779.36B Gray Mortar None Detected MWC-2 B234779.37A Off-white Ceramic Tile None DetectedMWC-2 Layer 1 B234779.37B Off-white Mastic None Detected Layer 2 B234779.37B Tan,Yellow Mastic None Detected Layer 3 B234779.37B Gray Mortar None Detected Layer 4 B234779.37B Off-white Grout None Detected MFL-1 B234779.38A Off-white,Green Floor Tile None DetectedMFL-1 B234779.38B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFL-2 B234779.39A Off-white,Green Floor Tile None DetectedMFL-2 B234779.39B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFM-1 B234779.40A Blue,Gray Carpet None DetectedMFM-1 B234779.40B Off-white,Tan Mastic None Detected MFN-1 B234779.41A Off-white,Gray Floor Tile None DetectedMFN-1 B234779.41B Yellow Mastic None Detected MFN-2 B234779.42A Off-white,Gray Floor Tile None DetectedMFN-2 B234779.42B Yellow Mastic None Detected MMD-1 B234779.43 White Caulking None DetectedMMD-1 MMD-2 B234779.44 White Caulking None DetectedMMD-2 MME-1 B234779.45 Off-white Caulking None DetectedMME-1 MME-2 B234779.46 Off-white Caulking None DetectedMME-2 Page 3 of 3730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous White,Off-white Drywall/JointCompound & TapeMWA-1 B234779.01 20% <1% Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 72% 8% <1% Cellulose Fiberglass Gypsum Calc Carb Paint None Detected White,Off-white Drywall/JointCompound & TapeMWA-2 B234779.02 20% <1% Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 78% 2% <1% Cellulose Fiberglass Gypsum Calc Carb Paint None Detected White,Off-white Drywall/JointCompound & TapeMWA-3 B234779.03 20% <1% Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 75% 5% <1% Cellulose Fiberglass Gypsum Calc Carb Paint None Detected Off-white InsulationMMA-1 B234779.04 80% 10% <1% Homogeneous Fibrous Loose 10%Fiberglass Cellulose Synthetic Fiber Binder None Detected Off-white,Gray CarpetMFA-1 B234779.05 60% 2% Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound No mastic present. 13% 25% Synthetic Fiber Fiberglass Binder Vinyl None Detected Off-white,Gray CarpetMFA-2 B234779.06 60% 2% Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound No mastic present. 13% 25% Synthetic Fiber Fiberglass Binder Vinyl None Detected Off-white,White Ceiling TileMCA-1 B234779.07 60% 20% Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 15% 5% Cellulose Fiberglass Perlite Paint None Detected Page 1 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Tan,Gray Floor TileMFB-1 B234779.08A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.08B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Tan,Gray Floor TileMFB-2 B234779.09A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.09B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Tan,Gray Floor TileMFB-3 B234779.10A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.10B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Tan,Off-white Base CoveMMB-1 B234779.11A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Page 2 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Off-white MasticB234779.11B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Tan,Off-white Base CoveMMB-2 B234779.12A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Off-white MasticB234779.12B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Tan,Off-white CarpetMFC-1 B234779.13A 85%Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 15%Synthetic Fiber Binder None Detected Yellow Carpet Mastic B234779.13B 5%Homogeneous Fibrous Bound 95%Synthetic Fiber Mastic None DetectedLayer 1 Green Carpet Mastic B234779.13B 10%Homogeneous Fibrous Bound 90%Synthetic Fiber Mastic None DetectedLayer 2 Tan,Off-white CarpetMFC-2 B234779.14A 85%Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 15%Synthetic Fiber Binder None Detected Page 3 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Yellow Carpet Mastic B234779.14B 5%Homogeneous Fibrous Bound 95%Synthetic Fiber Mastic None DetectedLayer 1 Green Carpet Mastic B234779.14B 10%Homogeneous Fibrous Bound 90%Synthetic Fiber Mastic None DetectedLayer 2 Off-white,Gray MFD-1 B234779.15 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Tightly Bound 75% 25% Silicates Binder None Detected Layer 1 Ceramic Tile Gray Grout B234779.15 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 65% 35% Silicates Calc Carb None DetectedLayer 2 Off-white,Gray MFD-2 B234779.16 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Tightly Bound 75% 25% Silicates Binder None Detected Layer 1 Ceramic Tile Gray Grout B234779.16 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 65% 35% Silicates Calc Carb None DetectedLayer 2 Off-white,White Ceiling TileMCB-1 B234779.17 60% 20% Heterogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 15% 5% Cellulose Fiberglass Perlite Paint None Detected Page 4 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Gray,Black Floor TileMFE-1 B234779.18A <1%Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Wollastonite Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.18B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Gray,Black Floor TileMFE-2 B234779.19A <1%Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Wollastonite Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.19B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Off-white Floor TileMFF-1 B234779.20A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow,Gray MasticB234779.20B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Off-white Floor TileMFF-2 B234779.21A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Page 5 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Yellow,Gray MasticB234779.21B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Off-white MFG-1 B234779.22 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Tightly Bound 75% 25% Silicates Binder None Detected Layer 1 Ceramic Tile Gray Grout B234779.22 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 65% 35% Silicates Calc Carb None DetectedLayer 2 Off-white MFG-2 B234779.23 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Tightly Bound 75% 25% Silicates Binder None Detected Layer 1 Ceramic Tile Gray Grout B234779.23 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 65% 35% Silicates Calc Carb None DetectedLayer 2 Tan,Green CarpetMFH-1 B234779.24A 85%Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 15%Synthetic Fiber Binder None Detected Yellow Mastic B234779.24B 5%Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 95%Synthetic Fiber Mastic None DetectedLayer 1 Page 6 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Green Mastic B234779.24B 10%Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 90%Synthetic Fiber Mastic None DetectedLayer 2 Tan,Brown CarpetMFH-2 B234779.25A 85%Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 15%Synthetic Fiber Binder None Detected Yellow Mastic B234779.25B 5%Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 95%Synthetic Fiber Mastic None DetectedLayer 1 Green Mastic B234779.25B 10%Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 90%Synthetic Fiber Mastic None DetectedLayer 2 Off-white,White Drywall/JointCompoundMWB-1 B234779.26 18% 2% Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 70% 10% <1% Cellulose Fiberglass Gypsum Calc Carb Paint None Detected Off-white,White Drywall/JointCompoundMWB-2 B234779.27 20%Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 70% 10% <1% Cellulose Gypsum Calc Carb Paint None Detected Off-white,White Drywall/JointCompoundMWB-3 B234779.28 18% 2% Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 70% 10% <1% Cellulose Fiberglass Gypsum Calc Carb Paint None Detected Page 7 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Off-white,Tan Floor TileMFI-1 B234779.29A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow Mastic B234779.29B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None DetectedLayer 1 Gray Leveling Compound B234779.29B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 85% 10% 5% Calc Carb Binder Silicates None DetectedLayer 2 Green Mastic B234779.29B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None DetectedLayer 3 Off-white,Tan Floor TileMFI-2 B234779.30A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.30B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Off-white,Black Floor TileMFJ-1 B234779.31A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Page 8 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Yellow MasticB234779.31B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Off-white,Black Floor TileMFJ-2 B234779.32A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow Mastic B234779.32B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None DetectedLayer 1 Gray Leveling Compound B234779.32B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 85% 10% 5% Calc Carb Binder Silicates None DetectedLayer 2 Gray Base CoveMMC-1 B234779.33A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Off-white MasticB234779.33B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Off-white,Red MFK-1 B234779.34 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Tightly Bound 80% 20% Silicates Binder None Detected Layer 1 Ceramic Tile Page 9 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Off-white Grout B234779.34 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 70% 30% Silicates Calc Carb None DetectedLayer 2 Off-white,Red MFK-2 B234779.35 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Tightly Bound No grout present. 80% 20% Silicates Binder None Detected Layer 1 Ceramic Tile Gray Mortar B234779.35 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 55% 45% Silicates Binder None DetectedLayer 2 Off-white Ceramic TileMWC-1 B234779.36A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Tightly Bound No grout present. 75% 25% Silicates Binder None Detected Off-white Mastic B234779.36B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None DetectedLayer 1 Tan,Yellow Mastic B234779.36B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None DetectedLayer 2 Gray Mortar B234779.36B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 60% 40% Silicates Calc Carb None DetectedLayer 3 Page 10 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Off-white Ceramic TileMWC-2 B234779.37A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Tightly Bound 75% 25% Silicates Binder None Detected Off-white Mastic B234779.37B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None DetectedLayer 1 Tan,Yellow Mastic B234779.37B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None DetectedLayer 2 Gray Mortar B234779.37B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 40% 60% Silicates Calc Carb None DetectedLayer 3 Off-white Grout B234779.37B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 65% 35% Silicates Calc Carb None DetectedLayer 4 Off-white,Green Floor TileMFL-1 B234779.38A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.38B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Page 11 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Off-white,Green Floor TileMFL-2 B234779.39A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.39B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Blue,Gray CarpetMFM-1 B234779.40A 85%Heterogeneous Fibrous Bound 15%Synthetic Fiber Binder None Detected Off-white,Tan MasticB234779.40B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Off-white,Gray Floor TileMFN-1 B234779.41A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Yellow MasticB234779.41B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected Off-white,Gray Floor TileMFN-2 B234779.42A Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Vinyl None Detected Page 12 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 ASBESTOS BULK ANALYSIS By: POLARIZING LIGHT MICROSCOPY Lab Code:B234779 Date Received:03-01-23 Date Analyzed:03-03-23 Date Reported:03-07-23 Client ID Lab ID Lab Attributes Lab Description ASBESTOS % ASBESTOS BULK PLM, EPA 600 METHOD NON-ASBESTOS COMPONENTS Non-Fibrous Client:True North Consultants, Inc. 525 Junction Rd. STE 1900 Madison, WI 53717 Project: Former Sears Building, T230890 Fibrous Yellow MasticB234779.42B Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Mastic None Detected White CaulkingMMD-1 B234779.43 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Caulk None Detected White CaulkingMMD-2 B234779.44 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Caulk None Detected Off-white CaulkingMME-1 B234779.45 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Caulk None Detected Off-white CaulkingMME-2 B234779.46 Homogeneous Non-fibrous Bound 100%Caulk None Detected Page 13 of 14730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 LEGEND:Non-Anth = Non-Asbestiform Anthophyllite Non-Trem = Non-Asbestiform Tremolite Calc Carb = Calcium Carbonate METHOD: EPA 600 / R93 / 116 and EPA 600 / M4-82 / 020 REPORTING LIMIT: <1% by visual estimation REPORTING LIMIT FOR POINT COUNTS: 0.25% by 400 Points or 0.1% by 1,000 Points REGULATORY LIMIT: >1% by weight Due to the limitations of the EPA 600 method, nonfriable organically bound materials (NOBs) such as vinyl floor tiles can be difficult to analyze via polarized light microscopy (PLM). EPA recommends that all NOBs analyzed by PLM, and found not to contain asbestos, be further analyzed by Transmission Electron Microscopy (TEM). Please note that PLM analysis of dust and soil samples for asbestos is not covered under NVLAP accreditation.Estimated measurement of uncertainty is available on request. This report relates only to the samples tested or analyzed and may not be reproduced, except in full, without written approval by Eurofins CEI. Eurofins CEI makes no warranty representation regarding the accuracy of client submitted information in preparing and presenting analytical results. Interpretation of the analytical results is the sole responsibility of the client. Samples were received in acceptable condition unless otherwise noted. This report may not be used by the client to claim product endorsement by NVLAP or any other agency of the U.S. Government. Information provided by customer includes customer sample ID and sample description. Page 14 of 14 ANALYST:APPROVED BY: Tianbao Bai, Ph.D., CIH Laboratory Director Lewis Winfield Scott Minyard 730 SE Maynard Road • Cary, NC 27511 • 919.481.1413 Lab No.: 7578314 Client No.: LBP-1 (Lights/Pollards) Description: Location: Result (% by Weight): 0.33 Result (ppm): 3300 Comments: *** Lab No.: 7578315 Client No.: LBP-2 (Curb) Description: Location: Result (% by Weight): 0.077 Result (ppm): 770 Comments: *** Laboratory Director Approved By: Date Analyzed: 3/1/2023Date Received: Analyst: Please refer to the Appendix of this report for further information regarding your analysis. Signature: Chad Shaffer 03/06/2023 Frank E. Ehrenfeld, III 9000 Commerce Parkway Suite B Mt. Laurel, New Jersey 08054 Telephone: 856-231-9449 Email: customerservice@iatl.com CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS Client: True North Consultants 525 Junction Road Madison WI 53717 3/6/2023Report Date: Report No.: 679105 - Lead Paint Project: Former Sears Project No.: T230890 LEAD PAINT SAMPLE ANALYSIS SUMMARY Client: TRU525 Dated : 3/6/2023 2:02:35 Page 1 of 3 Appendix to Analytical Report:Customer Contact: Ben Stencil Method: ASTM D3335-85a, US EPA SW846 3050B:7000B This appendix seeks to promote greater understanding of any observations, exceptions, special instructions, or circumstances that the laboratory needs to communicate to the client concerning the above samples. The information below is used to help promote your ability to make the most informed decisions for you and your customers. Please note the following points of contact for any questions you may have. iATL Customer Service: customerservice@iatl.com iATL Office Manager:wchampion@iatl.com iATL Account Representative: House Account Sample Login Notes: See Batch Sheet Attached Sample Matrix: Paint Exceptions Noted: See Following Pages General Terms, Warrants, Limits, Qualifiers:General information about iATL capabilities and client/laboratory relationships and responsibilities are spelled out in iATL policies that are listed at www.iATL.com and in our Quality Assurance Manual per ISO 17025 standard requirements. The information therein is a representation of iATL definitions and policies for turnaround times, sample submittal, collection media, blank definitions, quantification issues and limit of detection, analytical methods and procedures, sub-contracting policies, results reporting options, fees, terms, and discounts, confidentiality, sample archival and disposal, and data interpretation. iATL warrants the test results to be of a precision normal for the type and methodology employed for each sample submitted. iATL disclaims any other warrants, expressed or implied, including warranty of fitness for a particular purpose and warranty of merchantability. iATL accepts no legal responsibility for the purpose for which the client uses test results. Any analytical work performed must be governed by our Standard Terms and Conditions. Prices, methods and detection limits may be changed without notification. Please contact your Customer Service Representative for the most current information. This confidential report relates only to those item(s) tested and does not represent an endorsement by NIST-NVLAP, AIHA LAP LLC, or any agency of local, state or province governments nor of any agency of the U.S. government. This report shall not be reproduced except in full, without written approval of the laboratory. Information Pertinent to this Report:Analysis by ASTM D3335-85a by AAS Certification: - National Lead Laboratory Program (NLLAP): AIHA-LAP, LLC No. 100188 - NYSDOH-ELAP No. 11021 This report meets the standards set forth in the EPA's National Lead Laboratory Accreditation Program (NLLAP) through the Laboratory Quality System Requirements (LQSR) Revision 3.0 November 5, 2007. All Environmental Lead Proficiency Analytical Testing (ELPAT) is through the AIHA-PAT established program. Regulatory limit is 0.5% lead by weight (EPA/HUD guidelines). Recommend multiple sampling for all samples less than regulatory limit for confirmation. All results are based on the samples as received at the lab. iATL assumes that appropriate sampling methods have been used and that the data upon which these results are based have been accurately supplied by the client. Method Detection Limit (MDL) per EPA Method 40CFR Part 136 Apendix B. Reporting Limit (RL) based upon Lowest Standard Determined (LSD) in accordance with AIHA-ELLAP policies. LSD=0.2 ppm MDL=0.006% by weight. RL= 0.010% by weight (based upon 100 mg sampled). Disclaimers / Qualifiers:There may be some samples in this project that have a "NOTE:" associated with a sample result. We use added disclaimers or qualifiers to inform the client about something that requires further explanation. Here is a complete list with highlighted disclaimers pertinent to this project. For a full explanation of these and other disclaimers, please inquire at customerservice@iatl.com. 9000 Commerce Parkway Suite B Mt. Laurel, New Jersey 08054 Telephone: 856-231-9449 Email: customerservice@iatl.com CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS Client: True North Consultants 525 Junction Road Madison WI 53717 3/6/2023Report Date: Report No.: 679105 - Lead Paint Project: Former Sears Project No.: T230890Client: TRU525 Page 2 of 3Dated : 3/6/2023 2:02:35 * Insufficient sample provided to perform QC reanalysis (<200 mg) ** Not enough sample provided to analyze (<50 mg) *** Matrix / substrate interference possible. < less than sign, signifies none-detected below the empirical value based upon sub-sampled mass. This is often below the Reporting Limit (see above). 9000 Commerce Parkway Suite B Mt. Laurel, New Jersey 08054 Telephone: 856-231-9449 Email: customerservice@iatl.com CERTIFICATE OF ANALYSIS Client: True North Consultants 525 Junction Road Madison WI 53717 3/6/2023Report Date: Report No.: 679105 - Lead Paint Project: Former Sears Project No.: T230890Client: TRU525 Page 3 of 3Dated : 3/6/2023 2:02:35 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 00 31 32 - 1 Geotechnical Data © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 00 31 32 GEOTECHNICAL DATA 1.1 INVESTIGATION A. Geotechnical investigations were conducted at the site, the results of which are in a report prepared by CGC, Inc. titled “Geotechnical Exploration Report” for the Proposed Woodman Sports and Convention Center in Janesville, WI, dated January 25th, 2023. The report is included in this document section. 1.2 INTERPRETATION A. The report is provided only for bidder's information and convenience and is not part of the Contract Documents. Owner and Architect do not warrant the accuracy or extent of the report or locations of the test borings. B. Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. assumes no liability or responsibility for the preparation or content of Geotechnical Exploration Report. All questions concerning Geotechnical Exploration Report shall be directed to the Geotechnical Engineer as identified in within the report. C. The report is based upon the assumption that uniform variation exists in soil properties between borings. Interpretation of the report is bidder's responsibility. Owner and Architect will not be responsible for interpretation of report by bidders. D. Bidders are urged to examine the report and the site. E. Additional soil borings or other exploratory operations may be made by bidders at no additional cost to Owner, provided such operations are approved by Owner in advance. F. Refer to Conditions of the Contract for additional information. END OF SECTION January 25, 2023 C22625 Brad M. Seubert, PE Harwood Engineering Consultants, Ltd. 255 North 21st Street Milwaukee, WI 53233 Re: Geotechnical Exploration Report Proposed Woodman Sports and Convention Center 2500 Milton Avenue Janesville, Wisconsin Dear Mr. Seubert: Construction • Geotechnical Consultants, Inc. (CGC) has completed the subsurface exploration program for the above-referenced project. The purpose of this program was to evaluate the subsurface conditions within the proposed construction area and to provide geotechnical recommendations regarding site preparation, foundation, floor slab and pavement design/construction. A determination of the site class for seismic design is also included, along with a discussion of the on-site stormwater infiltration potential. We are sending you an electronic copy of this report, and we can provide a paper copy upon request. PROJECT AND SITE DESCRIPTION We understand a sports and convention center is planned on the west side of the existing mall at 2500 Milton Avenue in Janesville, Wisconsin. The new construction is expected to require demolition of the existing, vacant Sears store, and the convention center is proposed at about the same location, but with a bigger footprint. Surrounding the existing Sears store, the project area contains asphalt-paved parking areas and drives, as well as a depressed loading dock near the northwest corner of the building. Based on the City of Janesville Online GIS (1-ft contour lines), site grades are relatively flat and largely range between about EL 880 and 883 ft; as an exception, the bottom of the loading dock ramp is situated near EL 879 ft. The existing finished first floor elevation of the mall is presumed to be between EL 882 and 883 ft. It is understood that the new convention center will replace the Sears store, and finished first floor elevation is expected to match existing mall grades at about EL 882 to 883 ft. Maximum wall and column loads are anticipated to be 8.5 klf and 180 kips, respectively. In conjunction with the new convention center, we understand that a portion of the existing parking lot, predominantly between the new convention center and Milton Road, will be reconstructed/reconfigured. Furthermore, stormwater infiltration areas are planned to the south and northwest of the new building. Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 2 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS Subsurface conditions for this study were explored by drilling 20 Standard Penetration Test (SPT) soil borings (labeled B-1 through B-12 within the proposed building area, planned boring depths of 20 ft below current site grades; P-1 through P-5 within proposed pavement areas, planned boring depths of 10 ft below current site grades; and SW-1 through SW-3 within/near the proposed stormwater management areas, planned boring depths of 15 ft below current site grades) at locations selected by the project team and marked in the field by CGC. A private utility locate was completed prior to commencing the soil borings. The borings were drilled by Soil Essentials (under subcontract to CGC) from January 3 through 6, 2023 using a track-mounted Geoprobe 7822DT rotary drill rig equipped with hollow stem augers and an automatic SPT hammer. Note that B-1 was extended to a final depth of 25 ft due to very loose conditions slightly above the planned termination depth of 20 ft. The specific procedures used for drilling and sampling are described in Appendix A, and the boring locations are shown in plan on the Soil Boring Location Exhibit presented in Appendix B. Ground surface elevations at the boring locations were estimated by CGC based on 1-ft contour lines shown in the City of Janesville Online GIS, and the elevations should therefore be considered approximate (i.e., within about ±1 ft). It is understood that four additional SPT soil borings are planned within the footprint of the Sears store, after the store has been demolished (projected for June or July 2023). The supplemental soil borings will be addressed under separate cover. The subsurface profiles at the boring locations varied to some degree, but the following strata were typically encountered (in descending order): • About 2 to 4 in. of topsoil fill in B-3 and B-4; or • Roughly 3.5 to 5.75 in. of asphalt pavement on top of about 5 to 9.5 in. of base course in the remaining borings; over • Approximately 1 to 6 ft of medium stiff to hard lean to silty clay layers, as well as slightly organic to organic clay and silt (characterized as possible/probable buried or lower horizon topsoil) immediately below the topsoil fill or pavement section in some areas; underlain by • Roughly 1 to 3 ft of very loose to loose silt to sandy silt in some portions of the site; and/or • Very loose to very dense sand and gravel strata with varying amounts of silt to the maximum depths explored. As an exception to the above generalized subsurface profile, roughly 2 ft of apparent fill (medium dense sand soils) were encountered below the pavement section in B-6 and SW-1. It must be noted that the fill soils in SW-1 were intermixed with possible cinders or asphalt pieces. Fill soils containing cinders and other debris may be environmentally impacted and could require special handling and landfill disposal if excavated and removed from the site. We recommend an environmental engineer Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 3 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx be included on the project team to advise on such issues. Environmental concerns are not further addressed in this report. The relative densities of the granular (i.e., sand and gravel) and fine-grained (i.e., silt) soils were estimated based on SPT blow counts (N-values) in the soil borings. Note that the N-values shown on the left side of the boring logs (column “N”), which are attached in Appendix B, are not corrected for hammer efficiency or overburden stress. It must also be noted that fairly high N-values in some of the sand and gravel soils may be due to the high gravel content and/or the presence of cobbles/boulders. Elevated blow counts immediately below the ground surface may also be attributable to frost in the ground at the time of drilling. The consistency of the cohesive (i.e., clay) soils was estimated based on pocket penetrometer readings on the SPT samples, which are indicated on the right side of the boring logs [column “(qa)”]. The pocket penetrometer readings can be used as an estimate of the unconfined compressive strength of cohesive soils. Please refer to the individual boring logs for a more detailed description of the soil profile at each boring location. Natural moisture contents in representative clay samples were determined in our laboratory, with results ranging from 21.0% to 28.9%. Based on natural moisture contents, qa and N-values, the cohesive soils should generally be considered slightly to moderately compressible. The natural moisture contents are included on the boring logs attached in Appendix B (see the “W” column on the right). In addition to the moisture contents, the organic content was determined via loss-on-ignition (LOI) for one sample taken from an apparent buried/lower horizon topsoil layer in B-1. The specimen’s organic content was 4.1%, with organic contents greater than 4% typically indicating organic soils. Organic soils should generally be considered moderately compressible in the short term, and susceptible to decomposition and further (secondary) compression in the long term. A representative granular sample obtained from SW-3 was analyzed for its particle size distribution (gradation) to aid in classification. Based on the gradation, with a P200-content (“fines”) of 8.6%, the sample classifies as poorly-graded gravel with silt and sand (GP-GM) and extremely gravelly loamy sand (XGRLS) per the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS) and the United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) classification system, respectively. The particle size distribution test report is attached in Appendix E, along with the Wisconsin Department of Safety & Professional Services (WDSPS) Soil and Site Evaluation – Storm forms for the three stormwater borings. Groundwater was not encountered in the borings during or upon the completion of drilling. However, isolated zones and/or strata of very moist or wet soils were noted in a few of the borings performed within the north portion of the site, suggesting the presence of perched water in that area. Groundwater levels are expected to fluctuate with seasonal variations in precipitation, infiltration, evapotranspiration, the level in nearby waterbodies and other factors. Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 4 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx DISCUSSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS Subject to the limitations discussed below and based on the subsurface exploration, it is our opinion that the site is generally suitable for the planned construction and that the proposed sports and convention center can be supported by a conventional shallow spread footing foundation system, with the understanding that undercutting and replacement of very loose sand and silt soils will likely be required below the bottom of footings in some portions of the site. Our recommendations for site preparation, foundation, floor slab and pavement design/construction, along with our assessment of the site class for seismic design and a discussion of the on-site stormwater infiltration potential, are presented in the following subsections. Additional information regarding the conclusions and recommendations presented in this report is discussed in Appendix C. 1. Site Preparation We understand that the former Sears store will be demolished to facilitate the planned construction, and we recommend that the existing structure be demolished and removed in its entirety, including the floor slab, footings and associated utilities. Where below-grade elements (e.g., footings) have been removed below planned building grades, the subgrades should be thoroughly recompacted and evaluated for their footing and floor slab support suitability, as applicable, prior to placing backfill to establish new building grades. Soils considered unsuitable for new footing and/or floor slab support should be undercut and replaced with well-compacted granular backfill, as needed. Existing pavement should also be removed from the proposed building area. In new pavement areas, existing structures can potentially remain in-place provided they are broken off at least 2 ft below proposed pavement subgrade elevations and do not interfere with new utility construction. Slabs and existing pavement that remain in-place below new pavement areas should be broken up (i.e., pulverized or rubblized) to promote drainage. Concrete and/or asphalt have the potential for re-use as structural fill if properly sorted, selectively stockpiled and crushed to an appropriate nominal size of 3 in. or less. We further recommend that topsoil be stripped at least 10 ft beyond the proposed construction area, including areas requiring fill beyond the building footprint and pavement limits. The topsoil can be stockpiled on-site and later re-used as fill in landscaped areas. Topsoil was only encountered at isolated boring locations with thicknesses between about 2 and 4 in., but may also be present in other landscaped areas with variable thicknesses. Where organic buried topsoil is encountered below the existing pavement sections, we recommend that these materials also be removed. After building demolition, pavement removal and topsoil stripping, subgrades are generally anticipated to consist of native clay soils, but existing granular fill may also be present in isolated areas. In areas remaining at-grade or where site grades need to be raised, we recommend that cohesive and fine-grained subgrades (i.e., clay and silt) be statically recompacted (i.e., without vibration) and subsequently proof-rolled with a piece of heavy rubber-tire construction equipment, such as a loaded tri-axle dump truck, to check for soft/yielding areas. If soft/yielding areas are observed, these soils should be undercut and replaced with granular backfill compacted to at least 95% compaction based Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 5 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx on modified Proctor methods (ASTM D1557) in accordance with our Recommended Compacted Fill Specifications presented in Appendix D. Alternatively, 3-in. dense graded base (DGB) that is placed in loose 10-in. lifts and compacted until deflection ceases can also be used to restore grades in undercut areas. Granular subgrades (i.e., sand and gravel) should be thoroughly recompacted with a vibratory smooth-drum roller, and zones that remain loose after recompaction should be undercut and replaced or stabilized as described above. Areas subsequently receiving fill should be checked for their pavement, floor slab and footing support suitability prior to fill placement, as applicable. Based on the widespread presence of shallow clay soils, which are considered moisture-sensitive and susceptible to disturbance from precipitation and repetitive construction traffic, we recommend that the project budget include a generous contingency for subgrade improvement in planned pavement and floor slab areas. Following the development of a firm and stable subgrade, fill placement to establish site, pavement and building grades can proceed. To the extent possible, we recommend using granular soils (i.e., sands/gravels, including the native granular soils if selectively excavated and stockpiled) as structural fill within the building envelope and upper 2± ft in pavement areas because these soils are relatively easy to place and compact in most weather conditions compared to clay/silt soils. Clay and silt soils excavated on-site are generally not recommended as structural fill because moisture conditioning by discing and drying (aeration) will likely be required to achieve desired compaction levels, which is highly weather-dependent (i.e., dry, warm and windy conditions) and could delay construction progress. In our opinion, clay/silt soils are best used as fill in landscaping or potentially as lower lifts in pavement areas provided the moisture contents can be sufficiently lowered from the natural states to facilitate compaction efforts. We recommend that structural fill be compacted to at least 95% based on modified Proctor methods (ASTM D1557) following Appendix D guidelines. Periodic field density tests should be taken by CGC staff within the fill to document the adequacy of compaction efforts. 2. Building Foundations We anticipate that the finished floor elevation of the new sports and convention center will match the existing mall, which we assume to be at about EL 882 to 883 ft, at or slightly above current site grades. We expect that perimeter footings will bear at frost depth, a minimum of 4 ft below finished adjacent site grades, with the potential for slightly shallower interior footings. As such, footing grades are expected to be established within medium stiff to very stiff clay, or very loose to medium dense silt, sand and gravel soils. We anticipate that some undercutting of very loose silt and sand soils, as well as potentially medium stiff clays, will likely be required below the bottom of footings on a relatively shallow and isolated basis. Slightly deeper undercutting may be required in the northwest (i.e., near B-1), where very loose sands were found to extend to greater depths than in other areas. However, full-depth undercutting and replacement of the very loose sand soils near B-1 is not expected, but the extent of undercutting should be further evaluated at the time of construction using a dynamic cone penetrometer (DCP). Where existing fill or organic soils are present at footing grades (although generally not expected based on the soil borings), these soils should also be undercut and replaced below the bottom of footings. Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 6 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx In conjunction with the above recommendations, and to reduce the amount of overexcavation anticipated below foundations, we recommend the following parameters be used for foundation design: • Maximum net allowable bearing pressure: 2,000 psf • Minimum foundation widths: - Continuous wall footings: 18 in. - Column pad footings: 30 in. • Minimum footing depths below finish site grades: - Exterior/perimeter footings: 4 ft - Interior footings: no minimum requirement Where new footings are planned adjacent to existing building foundations, the effects of overlapping soil stresses must be considered, and the recommended maximum net allowable bearing pressure must not be exceeded. If the existing building footings are designed for a lower allowable bearing pressure, the lower bearing pressure will control the maximum allowable overlapping soil stresses. Care must also be exercised not to undermine the existing building foundations during new footing and undercut excavations. Recognizing that subsurface conditions will vary across the building footprint, footing subgrades should be checked by a CGC field representative to document that the subgrade soils are suitable for footing support or otherwise advise on corrective measures, such as undercutting. We recommend using a smooth-edged backhoe bucket for footing and undercut excavations. Where required, the base of undercut excavations should be widened beyond the footing edges at least 0.5 ft in each direction for each foot of undercut depth for stress distribution purposes. Granular soils exposed at footing grade or at the bottom of undercut excavations should be thoroughly recompacted with a large vibratory plate compactor or an excavator-mounted hoe-pack prior to backfilling and formwork/concrete placement to densify soils loosened during the excavation process. Soils potentially susceptible to disturbance from vibratory compaction (e.g., cohesive/fine-grained soils or sands with elevated moisture content) should be hand-trimmed. OSHA slope guidelines should be followed if workers need to enter footing excavations. As previously discussed, we recommend that existing fill and organic soils be undercut and replaced below the bottom of footings, if present, and we expect that undercutting of very loose silt and sand soils will be required in some areas. Undercutting will also be required where native clay soils with qa-values of less than 1.0 tsf are present at and slightly below the bottom of footings designed for an allowable bearing pressure of 2,000 psf. Similarly, loose sand or silt soils that cannot be recompacted satisfactorily in-place should also be undercut if encountered at or slightly below footing grades. In order to re-establish footing grade in undercut areas, we recommend using granular backfill compacted to at least 95% compaction based on modified Proctor methods (ASTM D1557), in accordance with the Recommended Compacted Fill Specifications presented in Appendix D. Alternatively, 3-in. DGB that Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 7 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx is placed in loose 10-in. lifts and compacted until deflection ceases can also be used to restore grades in undercut areas. Provided the foundation design/construction recommendations discussed above are followed, we estimate that total and differential settlements should be on the order of 1.0 and 0.5 in., respectively. As noted in the Subsurface Conditions section, four additional soil borings are planned after demolition of the Sears store, and the results of the additional borings may warrant revisions to the foundation recommendations contained herein, particularly the estimated extent of undercutting below building foundations. 3. Seismic Site Class In our opinion, the average soil properties in the upper 100 ft of the site (based on N-values projected to range between 15 and 50 blows/ft, on average, in the sand and gravel deposits underlying the site) may be characterized as a stiff soil profile. This characterization would place the site in Site Class D for seismic design according to the International Building Code and ASCE 7. 4. Floor Slab We anticipate that floor slab subgrades will largely consist of native clay or a relatively thin layer of newly-placed structural fill above current site grades. In isolated areas, floor slab subgrades may also consist of existing, granular fill. Prior to slab construction, granular subgrade soils should be thoroughly recompacted with a vibratory smooth-drum roller to densify soils that may become disturbed or loosened during construction activities. Cohesive and fine-grained subgrades will require static recompaction and subsequent proof-rolling. Contrary to foundation subgrades, it is our opinion that the existing fill can generally remain in-place below floor slab areas, provided the fill subgrades can be adequately recompacted and perform satisfactorily during proof-rolling. Areas of disturbed soil, soft/yielding zones observed during proof-rolling, or soils that remain loose after recompaction should be undercut and replaced with compacted 3-in. DGB or granular fill. Due to the wide-spread presence of shallow clay soils, which are considered susceptible to disturbance from repetitive construction traffic and/or wet weather, some undercutting or stabilization of floor slab subgrades should generally be expected, and we recommend that the project budget include a generous contingency for floor slab subgrade improvement. To act as a capillary break below the slab, we recommend including a minimum 6-in. thick layer of well-graded sand/gravel with less than 5% by weight passing the No. 200 U.S. standard sieve. Note, however, that some structural engineers require a layer of dense graded base, such as 1¼-in. DGB, rather than sand/gravel below the floor slab to increase the subgrade modulus immediately below the slab. To further reduce the potential for moisture migration through the slab, a plastic vapor barrier can also be utilized. Fill and base layer material below the floor slab should be placed as described in the Site Preparation section of this report. Slabs constructed on a minimum 6-in. thick DGB layer may Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 8 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx be designed utilizing a subgrade modulus of 150 pci, and a subgrade modulus of 100 pci should be used for the design of slabs that are constructed on a sand/gravel layer. The design subgrade moduli are based on a firm or adequately stabilized, recompacted subgrade such that non-yielding conditions are developed. The slab should be structurally separated from the footings with a compressible filler and have construction joints and reinforcement for crack control. 5. Pavement Design We anticipate that pavement design will be controlled by the existing fill and shallow clay soils, and subgrades should be prepared as described in the Site Preparation section of this report, with recompaction/proof-rolling completed prior to base course placement. Based on the widespread presence of native clays with moisture contents up to about 29% near existing site grades, which are also assumed to be sensitive to moisture changes, we recommend that the budget include a generous contingency for subgrade undercutting/stabilization, which may involve about 12 in. of additional coarse aggregate (e.g., 3-in. DGB), potentially over biaxial geogrid (e.g., Tensar BX Type 1 or equivalent). The areas requiring undercutting/stabilization and the depth of undercutting should be determined in the field by proof-rolling prior to installing the base course layer, and the need for undercutting/stabilization will likely depend on the weather conditions during construction, as the subgrade soils can be susceptible to disturbance/weakening from precipitation and repetitive construction traffic. The need for undercutting below the pavement section will likely be reduced where site grades are raised at least 2 ft above existing grade with high quality granular fill. We anticipate that some asphalt pavement on this site, such as smaller parking areas (i.e., less than 50 stalls) or low traffic volume-driveways, may primarily be exposed to automobile traffic with less than one 18-kip equivalent single axle load (ESAL) per day. In view of this, we have assumed Traffic Class I following Wisconsin Asphalt Pavement Association (WAPA) recommendations for smaller parking areas and driveways that are mainly used by light passenger vehicles. However, main sections of driveways are likely to experience heavier traffic loads from truck traffic (e.g., delivery and garbage trucks), and we understand that the reconfigured/reconstructed parking areas are proposed to provide more than 50 stalls. For pavement areas where trucks will routinely travel and parking lots with 50 or more stalls, we have assumed a traffic load of up to 5 ESALs per day and Traffic Class II according to WAPA. We have also included a heavy-duty pavement section where higher truck traffic loads (up to 50 ESALs per day, Traffic Class III) may be experienced. The pavement sections summarized in Table 1 below were selected assuming a Soil Support Value “SSV” of about 4.0 for a firm or adequately stabilized fill/clay subgrade and a design life of 20 years. Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 9 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx TABLE 1 – Recommended Pavement Sections Material Thicknesses (in.) WDOT Specification (1) Traffic Class I (Light Duty) Traffic Class II (Medium Duty) Traffic Class III (Heavy Duty) Bituminous Upper Layer (2,3) 1.75 1.75 2.0 Section 460, Table 460-1 Bituminous Lower Layer (2,3) 1.75 2.25 3.0 Section 460, Table 460-1 Dense Graded Base Course (2,4) 8.0 10.0 12.0 Sections 301 and 305 Total Thickness 11.5 14.0 17.0 Notes: 1) Wisconsin DOT Standard Specifications for Highway and Structure Construction, latest edition, including supplemental specifications, and Wisconsin Asphalt Pavement Association 2020 Asphalt Pavement Design Guide. 2) Compaction requirements: - Bituminous concrete: Refer to Section 460-3. - Base course: Refer to Section 301.3.4.2, Standard Compaction 3) Mixture Type LT bituminous; refer to Section 460, Table 460-2 of the Standard Specifications. Mixture type MT is recommended in heavy duty traffic areas. Note that an “H Grade” asphalt surface layer is recommended where there will be slow moving heavy truck traffic making turning movements. 4) The upper 4 in. should consist of 1¼-in. DGB; the bottom part of the layer can consist of 3-in. DGB. If uniform thicknesses of the pavement section are desired between light and medium-duty traffic areas for constructability purposes, we recommend the medium-duty pavement section be used. The recommended pavement sections assume that regular maintenance (crack sealing, etc.) will occur, as needed. Note that if traffic volumes are greater than those assumed, CGC should be allowed to review the recommended pavement sections and adjust them accordingly. Alternative pavement designs may prove acceptable and should be reviewed by CGC. If there is a delay between subgrade preparation and placing the base course, the subgrade should be recompacted. Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 10 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx Where concrete pavement may be used, such as in pavement areas subjected to concentrated wheel loads (e.g., dumpster pads, etc.), we recommend that the concrete pavement be at least 6-in. thick, be underlain by at least 6 in. of DGB and contain adequate reinforcement for crack control. Concrete slabs underlain by a minimum 6-in. thick dense graded base layer over a firm or stabilized subgrade can be designed utilizing a subgrade modulus of 150 pci. Note that a thicker pavement section (more than 6 in. of concrete) may be required depending on pavement loads, which should be evaluated by a structural engineer. 6. Stormwater Infiltration Potential We understand that stormwater infiltration areas are planned to the south and northwest of the new sports and convention center, and borings SW-1 through SW-3 were performed in these areas to evaluate the subsurface conditions with regard to their stormwater infiltration potential. In SW-2 and SW-3, lower-permeability silty clay loam strata were encountered below the pavement section, extending to depths of about 5.5 and 4 ft below current site grades, respectively. At SW-1, the shallow clay soils had apparently been replaced with coarse-grained gravelly sandy loam fill (to about 3.5 ft below the ground surface) during previous grading/site development activities. Below the fill in SW-1 and the clay soils in SW-2 and SW-3, native coarse-grained sandy loam, extremely gravelly loamy sand and sand deposits were encountered to the maximum depths explored. Provided that the bottom of the stormwater basins is established within the native granular soils (or the shallow lower-permeability soils are undercut and replaced with appropriate sandier soils below the bottom of infiltration features), it is our opinion that some stormwater infiltration will generally be possible on this site. Infiltration Potential: The following is a summary of the estimated infiltration rates for the soils encountered in SW-1 through SW-3, per Table 2 of the WDNR Conservation Practice Standard 1002, Site Evaluation for Storm Water Infiltration. The estimated infiltration rates are as follows: • Silty clay loam (SiCL) 0.04 in./hr • Sandy loam (SL) 0.50 in./hr • Gravelly sandy loam (GRSL) 0.50 in./hr • Extremely gravelly loamy sand (XGRLS) 1.63 in./hr • Sand (S) 3.60 in./hr Note that the infiltration rates should be considered approximate since they are merely based on soil texture and do not account for in-place soil density and other factors, which will affect the infiltration rate. Infiltration rates in fill should be considered very approximate due to the potential for seams/layers of dissimilar material or variable composition. We recommend that, at the time of construction, the soils at and several feet below the bottom of stormwater management systems be checked by a certified soil tester in conjunction with the basin designer to document that the soils are Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 11 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx appropriate for the design infiltration rate or recommend remedial measures, if necessary. The Wisconsin Department of Safety & Professional Services Soil and Site Evaluation – Storm forms for the three stormwater borings are contained in Appendix E. It must be cautioned that the results of the soil borings have limitations with regard to the evaluation of the on-site stormwater infiltration potential, as actual soil horizon transitions may vary from those shown on the boring logs and infiltration forms. The reviewing agency may require test pits to be excavated at a later date prior to finalizing the stormwater design. The results of the test pits may require revisions to the stormwater management design if the design has been based solely on the soil borings. Groundwater: Groundwater was not encountered in the stormwater borings (or the pavement and building borings) performed for this study. Redoximorphic features (redox or mottling) observed within the shallow clay soils encountered in SW-2 are interpreted as a result of periodically infiltrating surface water that may become retained in the lower-permeability soils for prolonged periods of time. Seasonal fluctuations of the groundwater table should be expected, as previously discussed. Bedrock: Bedrock was not encountered in the borings performed for this study. The depth and consistency of bedrock should be expected to vary across the site. During construction, appropriate erosion control should be provided to prevent eroded soil from contaminating the stormwater management areas. Where appropriate, the stormwater system design should include pretreatment to remove fine-grained soils (silt/clay) and clogging materials (oils/greases) from stormwater prior to entering the infiltration areas. Additionally, a regular maintenance plan should be developed to remove silt/clay soils and clogging materials that may accumulate in the bottom of the stormwater management areas over time. Failure to adequately control fine-grained soils and clogging materials from entering the infiltration areas or failure to regularly remove fine-grained soils and clogging materials that accumulate at the base of the stormwater infiltration systems will likely cause the stormwater management systems to fail. Additionally, it is important that the soils in the bottom of the infiltration systems do not become compacted during construction or measures are taken to mitigate soils that are compacted during construction. Refer to WDNR Conservation Practice Standards 1002, 1003 and 1004, as well as NR151 for additional information. CONSTRUCTION CONSIDERATIONS Due to variations in weather, construction methods and other factors, specific construction problems are difficult to predict. Soil related difficulties which could be encountered on the site are discussed below: Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 12 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx • Due to the potentially sensitive nature of some of the on-site soils, we recommend that final site grading activities be completed during dry weather, if possible. Construction traffic should be avoided on prepared subgrades to minimize potential disturbance. • Contingencies in the project budget for subgrade stabilization with coarse aggregate in pavement and floor slab areas should be increased if the project schedule requires that work proceed during adverse weather conditions. • Earthwork construction during the late fall through early spring could be complicated as a result of wet weather and/or freezing temperatures. During cold weather, exposed subgrades should be protected from freezing before and after footing construction. Fill should never be placed while frozen or on frozen ground. • Excavations extending greater than 4 ft in depth below the ground surface should be sloped or braced in accordance with current OSHA standards. The sand and gravel soils with fairly low amounts of fines (denoted SP, SP-SM, GP and GP-GM on the boring logs), typically classified as OSHA “Type C” soil, are anticipated to control excavation slopes, and slopes of 1.5H:1.0V are expected to be at least temporarily stable. Note that flatter side slopes may be required where perched or seeping water is present that destabilizes the side slopes. The appropriate excavation side slopes should be determined by a competent person completing the earthwork in accordance with OSHA slope guidelines. Where adequate sloping is not possible, temporary shoring (earth retention) will be required. We recommend shoring systems be designed by an appropriately qualified professional engineer. Care must be exercised not to undermine the existing building foundations during construction. • Based on the observations made during our field exploration, we do not anticipate groundwater to be encountered during construction. However, water accumulating at the bottom of excavations as a result of precipitation or seepage should be quickly removed, with dewatering means and methods being the contractor’s responsibility. RECOMMENDED CONSTRUCTION MONITORING The quality of the foundation, floor slab and pavement subgrades will largely be determined by the level of care exercised during site development. To check that earthwork and foundation construction proceed in accordance with our recommendations, the following operations should be monitored by CGC: Geotechnical Exploration Report Woodman Sports and Convention Center, Janesville CGC Project No. C22625 January 25, 2023 Page 13 S:\DOC\January 2023\22625.geo.tfg.docx • Topsoil stripping and subgrade proof-rolling/compaction; • Fill/backfill placement and compaction; • Foundation excavation/subgrade preparation; and • Concrete placement. * * * * * It has been a pleasure to serve you on this project. If you have any questions or need additional consultation, please contact us. Sincerely, CGC, Inc. Tim F. Gassenheimer, PE, CST Senior Staff Engineer Ryan J. Portman, PE, CST Consulting Professional/Field Supervisor Encl: Appendix A - Field Exploration Appendix B - Soil Boring Location Exhibit Logs of Test Borings (20) Log of Test Boring-General Notes Unified Soil Classification System Appendix C - Document Qualifications Appendix D - Recommended Compacted Fill Specifications Appendix E - WDSPS Soil and Site Evaluation – Storm Forms Particle Size Distribution Test Report APPENDIX A FIELD EXPLORATION APPENDIX A FIELD EXPLORATION Subsurface conditions for this study were explored by drilling 20 Standard Penetration Test (SPT) soil borings to depths between 10 and 25 ft below current site grades, which were generally sampled at 2.5-ft intervals to a depth of 10 ft and at 5-ft intervals thereafter. As an exception, the three stormwater borings SW-1 through SW-3 were sampled at 2.5-ft intervals to the final boring depth at 15 ft below current site grades. The samples were obtained in general accordance with specifications for standard penetration testing, ASTM D1586, and the specific procedures used for drilling and sampling are described below. 1. Boring Procedures between Samples The boring is extended downward, between samples, by a hollow-stem auger. 2. Standard Penetration Test and Split-Barrel Sampling of Soils (ASTM Designation: D 1586) This method consists of driving a 2-inch outside diameter split-barrel sampler using a 140-pound weight falling freely through a distance of 30 inches. The sampler is first seated 6 inches into the material to be sampled and then driven 12 inches. The number of blows required to drive the sampler the final 12 inches is recorded on the log of borings and is known as the Standard Penetration Resistance. During the field exploration, the driller visually classified the soil and prepared a field log. Field screening of the soil samples for possible environmental contaminants was not conducted by the driller as these services were not part of CGC’s work scope. Water level observations were made in each boring during and after drilling and are shown at the bottom of each boring log. Upon completion of drilling, the borings were backfilled with bentonite to satisfy WDNR regulations and the soil samples were delivered to our laboratory for visual classification and limited geotechnical laboratory testing. The soils were visually classified by a geotechnical engineer using the Unified Soil Classification System (USCS). Dual classification per the USCS and USDA classification system was provided by a certified soil tester for the three stormwater borings. The final boring logs prepared by the engineer, including laboratory test results, along with a Soil Boring Location Exhibit and a description of the Unified Soil Classification System are presented in Appendix B. The WDSPS Soil and Site Evaluation – Storm forms for the stormwater borings are attached in Appendix E APPENDIX B SOIL BORING LOCATION EXHIBIT LOGS OF TEST BORINGS (20) LOG OF TEST BORING-GENERAL NOTES UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION SYSTEM Notes 1.Borings were drilled by Soil Essentials on January 3 to 6, 2023. 2.Boring locations are approximate. 3.Base map was obtained via City of Janesville GIS. Legend Denotes Soil BoringLocation and Number SOIL BORING LOCATION EXHIBIT Proposed Woodman Center 2500 Milton Avenue Janesville, Wisconsin Job No.:C22625 Date: 01/2023 CGC, Inc. Graphic Scale: Approx. 200 ftN B-10 B-1 B-2 B-3 B-4 B-5 B-6 B-7 B-8 B-9 B-11 B-12 P-1P-2 P-3 P-4 P-5 SW-1 SW-2 SW-3 6 4 7 4 3 14 13 4.112 16 15 4 10 13 14 5.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 5.5± in. Base Course Stiff, Gray to Dark Gray Organic CLAY, Trace Sand (OL; Probable Buried/Lower Horizon Topsoil) Stiff to Very Stiff, Brown/Gray (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) Loose, Gray/Brown (Mottled) Sandy SILT, Little Gravel (ML) Very Loose to Loose, Brown Silty Fine to Coarse SAND, Some Gravel (SM) Very Loose to Medium Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 25 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 M M M/W M/W M M M (1.5-2.0) (1.75-2.25) 24.2 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/5/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 17.0' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-1 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/5/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 882± 8* 2/18" 26 24 26 33 15 14 9 12 11 13 3.75± in. Asphalt Pavement / 6.25± in. Base Course Very Stiff to Hard, Gray to Dark Gray Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Organics (CL; Possible Buried/Lower Horizon Topsoil) (*Frost to approximately 2 ft) Very Loose, Brown SILT, Little Sand and Gravel (ML) Medium Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) Medium Dense to Dense, Tan Fine to Coarse SAND, Little Gravel, Trace Silt (SP) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M W M M M M (3.5-4.5)21.1 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/5/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 9.7' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-2 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/5/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 4 5 77 46 33 30 16 17 8 15 14 9 4± in. Topsoil Fill Medium Stiff to Stiff, Brown/Gray (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) Loose, Gray/Brown (Mottled) Sandy SILT, Little Gravel (ML) Dense to Very Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M/W M M M M (1.25-1.5) (0.5-1.25) 28.9 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/6/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 8.1' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-3 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/6/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 882± 16* 6 9 9 12 29 31 9 7 4 5 15 14 11 2± in. Topsoil Fill Hard, Gray to Dark Gray Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Organics (CL; Possible Buried/Lower Horizon Topsoil) (*Frost to approximately 1.8 ft) Stiff, Brown Lean CLAY, Little Sand (CL) Loose, Gray/Brown (Mottled) SILT, Trace Sand and Gravel (ML) Loose, Brown Silty Fine SAND, Trace to Little Gravel (SM) Medium Dense, Brown Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Some Silt (SM) Medium Dense to Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 M M M/W M M M M (4.0-4.5) (1.5-2.0) CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/6/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 11.2' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-4 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/6/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 882± 8* 5 3 9 27 28 16 4 9 13 12 13 4.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 6.5± in. Base Course Very Stiff to Hard, Gray to Dark Gray Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Organics (CL; Possible Buried/Lower Horizon Topsoil) (*Frost to approximately 1.8 ft) Stiff, Brown Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) Very Loose, Dark Brown Fine SAND, Little Silt and Gravel (SP-SM) Loose to Medium Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (3.5-4.5) (1.25-2.0) CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/5/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 10.3' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-5 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/5/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 11 5 16 18 24 21 12 16 4 13 8 13 4.75± in. Asphalt Pavement / 6.25± in. Base Course FILL: Medium Dense, Tan Fine to Coarse Sand, Little Gravel, Trace Silt Medium Stiff, Brown/Gray (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) Medium Dense, Brown Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Some Silt (SM) Medium Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (0.75-1.0) CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/5/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 8.9' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-6 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/5/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 882± 7 6 24 48 35 31 15 17 14 15 9 14 5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 5± in. Base Course Black SILT/CLAY (Possible Buried Topsoil) [Based on Driller's Field Log; not sampled] Very Stiff, Brown/Gray (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) Medium Dense, Brown SILT, Little Sand and Gravel (ML) Medium Dense to Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (2.75-3.5) (2.0-2.5) 25.8 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/4/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 8.7' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-7 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/4/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 7* 5 25 34 30 22 13 16 13 11 4 4 5.75± in. Asphalt Pavement / 7.25± in. Base Course Very Stiff to Hard, Brown/Gray (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) (*Frost to approximately 1.5 ft) Medium Dense to Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (4.0-4.5) (2.25-2.75) 25.7 23.5 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/4/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 9.0' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-8 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/4/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 4 3 5 16 22 26 12 16 4 9 2 7 4.75± in. Asphalt Pavement / 8.25± in. Base Course Stiff, Gray Lean to Silty CLAY, Trace Sand (CL/CL-ML) Stiff to Very Stiff, Brown/Gray (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) Loose, Brown Silty Fine to Coarse SAND, Some Gravel (SM) Medium Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (1.75-2.0) (1.5-2.25) 25.3 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/3/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 9.4' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-9 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/3/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 10 14 32 25 35 21 4 10 10 13 9 14 3.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 8.5± in. Base Course Very Stiff, Brown Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Gravel (CL) Medium Dense to Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (2.5-3.0) CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/3/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 6.4' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-10 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/3/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 880± 5 8 15 25 99/6" 32 16 9 11 14 2 4 5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 8± in. Base Course Stiff, Brown Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Gravel (CL) Loose to Very Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) Probable Cobble/Boulder near 13.5 ft End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (1.75-2.0)21.0 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/3/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 6.1' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-11 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/3/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 2 18 22 23 17 24 14 8 14 13 14 3 4.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 9.5± in. Base Course Medium Stiff to Stiff, Brown Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Gravel (CL) Medium Dense, Brown Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Some Silt (SM) Medium Dense, Tan Fine to Medium SAND, Trace Silt and Gravel (SP) Medium Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 20 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (0.75-1.5) CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/3/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 7.8' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin B-12 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/3/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 3* 4 10 25 11 14 7 14 4.75± in. Asphalt Pavement / 8.25± in. Base Course Stiff to Very Stiff, Gray/Brown (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) (*Frost to approximately 1.4 ft) Loose to Medium Dense, Brown Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Some Silt (SM) Medium Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 10 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 M M M M (1.75-2.25) (1.5-2.0) 24.4 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/4/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW none P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin P-1 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/4/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 880± 20* 27 39 28 14 13 11 10 4± in. Asphalt Pavement / 7± in. Base Course Very Stiff, Gray Lean to Silty CLAY, Trace Sand (CL/CL-ML) (*Frost to approximately 1.5 ft) Medium Dense to Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 10 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 M M M M (2.5-3.25) CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/4/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 2.9' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin P-2 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/4/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 6 16 46 27 14 11 13 7 3.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 7.5± in. Base Course Very Stiff, Brown/Gray (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) Medium Dense, Brown Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Some Silt (SM) Medium Dense to Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 10 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 M M M M (2.0-2.5) CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/4/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 7.1' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin P-3 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/4/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 5 5 39 21 17 13 14 10 3.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 6.5± in. Base Course Very Stiff, Brown Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Gravel (CL) Loose, Gray/Brown (Mottled) SILT, Trace Sand and Gravel (ML) Medium Dense to Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 10 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 M M M M (3.0-3.25)25.3 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/4/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 6.6' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin P-4 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/4/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 882± 6 36 43 38 17 9 11 12 4.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 8.5± in. Base Course Very Stiff, Brown Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Gravel (CL) Dense, Tan Gravelly Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace to Little Silt (SP/SP-SM) End of Boring at 10 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 M M M M (2.25)25.7 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/6/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 6.8' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin P-5 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/6/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 882± 18 11 30 24 99/4" 16 11 12 13 12 4 14 4.75± in. Asphalt Pavement / 9.25± in. Base Course FILL: Medium Dense, Brown Fine to Coarse Sand, Some Silt and Gravel, Scattered Possible Cinders or Asphalt Pieces USDA: 10YR 4/2 Gravelly Sandy Loam (Fill) Medium Dense, Tan Fine to Coarse SAND, Trace Silt and Gravel (SP) USDA: 10YR 7/2 Sand Medium Dense to Very Dense, Light Brown Sandy Fine to Coarse GRAVEL, Little Silt (GP-GM) USDA: 10YR 6/4 Extremely Gravelly Loamy Sand Probable Cobble/Boulder near 11.5 ft End of Boring at 15 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/4/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 3.3' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin SW-1 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/4/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 6* 4 18 24 73 41 16 16 11 13 7 10 4.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 6.5± in. Base Course Stiff to Very Stiff, Gray to Dark Gray/Brown (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Organics (CL; Probable Buried/Lower Horizon Topsoil) USDA: 10YR 4/1 to 2//1 (Redox: c2d 10YR 3/6) Silty Clay Loam (*Frost to approximately 1.5 ft) Very Stiff, Gray/Brown (Mottled) Lean CLAY, Trace Sand (CL) USDA: 10YR 6/1 (Redox: c2d 10YR 4/4) Silty Clay Loam Medium Dense to Very Dense, Light Brown Sandy Fine to Coarse GRAVEL, Little Silt (GP-GM) USDA: 10YR 6/4 Extremely Gravelly Loamy Sand End of Boring at 15 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (1.75-3.75) (2.75-3.25) CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/4/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 8.1' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin SW-2 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/4/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± 5 5 11 27 23 27 4 13 11 5 9 10 4.5± in. Asphalt Pavement / 5.5± in. Base Course Stiff to Very Stiff, Brown Lean CLAY, Trace Sand and Gravel (CL) USDA: 10YR 5/3 Silty Clay Loam Loose, Brown Silty Fine SAND, Trace to Little Gravel (SM) USDA: 10YR 4/3 Sandy Loam Medium Dense, Light Brown Sandy Fine to Coarse GRAVEL, Little Silt (GP-GM) USDA: 10YR 6/4 Extremely Gravelly Loamy Sand Composite P200 (Samples 5 and 6): 8.6% End of Boring at 15 ft Borehole Backfilled with Drill Cuttings and Bentonite Chips; Surface Patched with Asphalt Cold Patch 1 2 3 4 5 6 M M M M M M (1.75-2.25) (3.25) 3.5 CRJ (ft) Driller Rec W End SE Y LL Location While Drilling Upon Completion of Drilling 2921 Perry Street, Madison, WI 53713 VISUAL CLASSIFICATION Job No. Geoprobe7822DT SOIL PROPERTIES NW 2.25" HSA; Autohammer (qa) SAMPLE soil types and the transition may be gradual. Chief Boring No.LOG OF TEST BORING (in.) 1/6/23 5 10 15 20 25 NW 7.8' P (608) 288-4100, FAX (608) 288-7887 N DepthNo. qu Start T TFG Depth to Cave in Proposed Woodman Center C22625 E Drill Method PL The stratification lines represent the CRJLogger Janesville, Wisconsin SW-3 (tsf) Moist 2500 Milton Avenue Editor 1/6/23 Depth to Water Time After Drilling Rig and Remarks Sheet of approximate boundary between Project WATER LEVEL OBSERVATIONS Surface Elevation (ft) 1 1 LI GENERAL NOTES 881± LOG OF TEST BORING General Notes SYMBOLS Drilling and Sampling CS – Continuous Sampling RC – Rock Coring: Size AW, BW, NW, 2”W RQD – Rock Quality Designation RB – Rock Bit/Roller Bit FT – Fish Tail DC – Drove Casing C – Casing: Size 2 ½”, NW, 4”, HW CW – Clear Water DM – Drilling Mud HSA – Hollow Stem Auger FA – Flight Auger HA – Hand Auger COA – Clean-Out Auger SS - 2” Dia. Split-Barrel Sample 2ST – 2” Dia. Thin-Walled Tube Sample 3ST – 3” Dia. Thin-Walled Tube Sample PT – 3” Dia. Piston Tube Sample AS – Auger Sample WS – Wash Sample PTS – Peat Sample PS – Pitcher Sample NR – No Recovery S – Sounding PMT – Borehole Pressuremeter Test VS – Vane Shear Test WPT – Water Pressure Test Laboratory Tests qa – Penetrometer Reading, tons/sq ft qa – Unconfined Strength, tons/sq ft W – Moisture Content, % LL – Liquid Limit, % PL – Plastic Limit, % SL – Shrinkage Limit, % LI – Loss on Ignition D – Dry Unit Weight, lbs/cu ft pH – Measure of Soil Alkalinity or Acidity FS – Free Swell, % Water Level Measurement - Water Level at Time Shown NW – No Water Encountered WD – While Drilling BCR – Before Casing Removal ACR – After Casing Removal CW – Cave and Wet CM – Caved and Moist Note: Water level measurements shown on the boring logs represent conditions at the time indicated and may not reflect static levels, especially in cohesive soils. DESCRIPTIVE SOIL CLASSIFICATION Grain Size Terminology Soil Fraction Particle Size U.S. Standard Sieve Size Boulders ............................... Larger than 12” ..................... Larger than 12” Cobbles ................................ 3” to 12” ............................... 3” to 12” Gravel: Coarse..................... ¾” to 3” ............................... ¾” to 3” Fine ......................... 4.76 mm to ¾” ....................... #4 to ¾” Sand: Coarse ....................... 2.00 mm to 4.76 mm.............. #10 to #4 Medium ................... 0.42 to mm to 2.00 mm ......... #40 to #10 Fine ......................... 0.074 mm to 0.42 mm ............ #200 to #40 Silt ......................................... 0.005 mm to 0.074 mm .......... Smaller than #200 Clay ....................................... Smaller than 0.005 mm ......... Smaller than #200 Plasticity characteristics differentiate between silt and clay. General Terminology Relative Density Physical Characteristics Term “N” Value Color, moisture, grain shape, fineness, etc. Very Loose…….… . 0 - 4 Major Constituents Loose……………… 4 - 10 Clay, silt, sand, gravel Medium Dense…...10 - 30 Structure Dense……………...30 - 50 Laminated, varved, fibrous, stratified, Very Dense……….Over 50 cemented, fissured, etc. Geologic Origin Glacial, alluvial, eolian, residual, etc. Relative Proportions Of Cohesionless Soils Consistency Proportional Defining Range by Term qu-tons/sq. ft Term Percentage of Weight Very Soft……….. 0.0 to 0.25 Soft…………..…. 0.25 to 0.50 Trace.................................0% - 5% Medium………..…0.50 to 1.0 Little .............................. 5% - 12% Stiff…………….…. 1.0 to 2.0 Some ........................... 12% - 35% Very Stiff………..... 2.0 to 4.0 And ............................. 35% - 50% Hard……….………...Over 4.0 Organic Content by Combustion Method Plasticity Soil Description Loss on Ignition Term Plastic Index Non Organic…………………Less than 4% None to Slight……......0 - 4 Organic Silt/Clay……………4 – 12% Slight………………......5 - 7 Sedimentary Peat………….12% - 50% Medium……………......8 - 22 Fibrous and Woody Peat… More than 50% High to Very High .. Over 22 The penetration resistance, N, is the summation of the number of blows required to effect two successive 6” penetrations of the 2” split-barrel sampler. The sampler is driven with a 140 lb. weight falling 30” and is seated to a depth of 6” before commencing the standard penetration test. Clean Gravels (Less than 5% fines) Gravels with fines (More than 12% fines) Clean Sands (Less than 5% fines) Sands with fines (More than 12% fines) Madison - Milwaukee PT Peat and other highly organic soils MH Inorganic silts, micaceous or diatomaceous fine sandy or silty soils, elastic silts OH Organic clays of medium to high plasticity, organic silts ML Inorganic silts and very fine sands, rock flour, silty or clayey fine sands or clayey silts with slight plasticity OL Organic silts and organic silty clays of low plasticity Atterberg limits below "A" line or P.I. less than 4 Atterberg limits above "A" line with P.I. greater than 7 Well-graded gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines Well-graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines Poorly graded sands, gravelly sands, little or no fines Silty gravels, gravel-sand-silt mixtures Poorly-graded gravels, gravel-sand mixtures, little or no fines Clayey sands, sand-clay mixtures Atterberg limts above "A" line or P.I. greater than 7 SW SP Not meeting all gradation requirements for GW Classification System Unified Soil SILTS AND CLAYS Liquid limit 50% or greater CH Inorganic clays of high plasticity, fat clays FINE-GRAINED SOILS (50% or more of material is smaller than No. 200 sieve size.) SILTS AND CLAYS Liquid limit less than 50% CL LABORATORY CLASSIFICATION CRITERIA HIGHLY ORGANIC SOILS COARSE-GRAINED SOILS (more than 50% of material is larger than No. 200 sieve size) Inorganic clays of low to medium plasticity, gravelly clays, sandy clays, silty clays, lean clays SM Silty sands, sand-silt mixtures SW SP GM GP UNIFIED SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND SYMBOL CHART Clayey gravels, gravel-sand-clay mixtures Determine percentages of sand and gravel from grain-size curve. Depending on percentage of fines (fraction smaller than No. 200 sieve size), coarse- grained soils are classified as follows: Less than 5 percent …………………………………………... GW, GP, SW, SP More than 12 percent …….………………..….………………. GM, GC, SM, SC 5 to 12 percent ………………..….... Borderline cases requiring dual symbols GP Not meeting all gradation requirements for GW GW GM Atterberg limts below "A" line or P.I. less than 4 GC Above "A" line with P.I. between 4 and 7 are borderline cases requiring use of dual symbols Limits plotting in shaded zone with P.I. between 4 and 7 are borderline cases requiring use of dual symbols SM SC GW 50% or more of coarse fraction smaller than No. 4 sieve size SANDS More than 50% of coarse fraction larger than No. 4 sieve size GRAVELS GC SC Cu =D60 D10 greater than4;CC =D30 D10 × D60 between 1 and 3 Cu =D60 D10 greater than 4;CC =D30 D10 × D60 between 1and 3 APPENDIX C DOCUMENT QUALIFICATIONS CGC, Inc. 07/01/2016 APPENDIX C DOCUMENT QUALIFICATIONS I. GENERAL RECOMMENDATIONS/LIMITATIONS CGC, Inc. should be provided the opportunity for a general review of the final design and specifications to confirm that earthwork and foundation requirements have been properly interpreted in the design and specifications. CGC should be retained to provide soil engineering services during excavation and subgrade preparation. This will allow us to observe that construction proceeds in compliance with the design concepts, specifications and recommendations, and also will allow design changes to be made in the event that subsurface conditions differ from those anticipated prior to the start of construction. CGC does not assume responsibility for compliance with the recommendations in this report unless we are retained to provide construction testing and observation services. This report has been prepared in accordance with generally accepted soil and foundation engineering practices and no other warranties are expressed or implied. The opinions and recommendations submitted in this report are based on interpretation of the subsurface information revealed by the test borings indicated on the location plan. The report does not reflect potential variations in subsurface conditions between or beyond these borings. Therefore, variations in soil conditions can be expected between the boring locations and fluctuations of groundwater levels may occur with time. The nature and extent of the variations may not become evident until construction. II. IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT YOUR GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT Subsurface problems are a principal cause of construction delays, cost overruns, claims, and disputes. While you cannot eliminate all such risks, you can manage them. The following information is provided to help. Geotechnical engineers structure their services to meet the specific needs of their clients. A geotechnical engineering study conducted for a civil engineer may not fulfill the needs of a construction contractor or even another civil engineer. Because each geotechnical engineering study is unique, each geotechnical engineering report is unique, prepared solely for the client. No one except you should rely on your geotechnical engineering report without first conferring with the geotechnical engineer who prepared it. And no one - not even you - should apply the report for any purpose or project except the one originally contemplated. READ THE FULL REPORT Serious problems have occurred because those relying on a geotechnical engineering report did not read it all. Do not rely on an executive summary. Do not read selected elements only. A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT IS BASED ON A UNIQUE SET OF PROJECT-SPECIFIC FACTORS Geotechnical engineers consider a number of unique, project-specific factors when establishing the scope of a study. Typical factors include: the client’s goals, objectives, and risk management preferences; the general nature of the structure involved, its size, and configuration; the location of the structure on the site; and other planned or existing site improvements, such as access roads, parking lots, and underground utilities. Unless the geotechnical engineer who conducted the study specifically indicates otherwise, do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report that was: • not prepared for you, • not prepared for your project, • not prepared for the specific site explored, or • completed before important project changes were made. Typical changes that can erode the reliability of an existing geotechnical report include those that affect: • the function of the proposed structure, as when it’s changed from a parking garage to an office building, or from a light industrial plant to a refrigerated warehouse, • elevation, configuration, location, orientation, or weight of the proposed structure, • composition of the design team, or project ownership. As a general rule, always inform your geotechnical engineer of project changes - even minor ones - and request an assessment of their impact. CGC cannot accept responsibility or liability for problems that occur because our reports do not consider developments of which we were not informed. SUBSURFACE CONDITIONS CAN CHANGE A geotechnical engineering report is based on conditions that existed at the time the geotechnical engineer performed the study. Do not rely on a geotechnical engineering report whose adequacy may have been affected by: the passage of time; by man-made events, such as construction on or adjacent to the site; or by natural events, such as floods, earthquakes, or groundwater fluctuations. Always contact the geotechnical engineer before applying the report to determine if it is still reliable. A minor amount of additional testing or analysis could prevent major problems. MOST GEOTECHNICAL FINDINGS ARE PROFESSIONAL OPINION Site exploration identifies subsurface conditions only at those points where subsurface tests are conducted or samples are taken. Geotechnical engineers review field and laboratory data and then apply their professional judgement to render an opinion about subsurface conditions throughout the site. Actual subsurface conditions may differ - sometimes significantly - from those indicated in your report. Retaining the geotechnical engineer who developed your report to provide construction observation is the most CGC, Inc. 07/01/2016 effective method of managing the risks associated with unanticipated conditions. A REPORT’S RECOMMENDATIONS ARE NOT FINAL Do not over-rely on the confirmation-dependent recommendations included in your report. Those confirmation-dependent recommendations are not final, because geotechnical engineers develop them principally from judgement and opinion. Geotechnical engineers can finalize their recommendations only by observing actual subsurface conditions revealed during construction. CGC cannot assume responsibility or liability for the report’s confirmation-dependent recommendations if we do not perform the geotechnical-construction observation required to confirm the recommendations’ applicability. A GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEERING REPORT IS SUBJECT TO MISINTERPRETATION Other design team members’ misinterpretation of geotechnical engineering reports has resulted in costly problems. Confront that risk by having your geotechnical engineer confer with appropriate members of the design team after submitting the report. Also retain your geotechnical engineer to review pertinent elements of the design team’s plans and specifications. Constructors can also misinterpret a geotechnical engineering report. Confront that risk by having CGC participate in prebid and preconstruction conferences, and by providing geotechnical construction observation. DO NOT REDRAW THE ENGINEER’S LOGS Geotechnical engineers prepare final boring and testing logs based upon their interpretation of field logs and laboratory data. To prevent errors or omissions, the logs included in a geotechnical engineering report should never be redrawn for inclusion in architectural or other design drawings. Only photographic or electronic reproduction is acceptable, but recognize that separating logs from the report can elevate risk. GIVE CONSTRUCTORS A COMPLETE REPORT AND GUIDANCE Some owners and design professionals mistakenly believe they can make constructors liable for unanticipated subsurface conditions by limiting what they provide for bid preparation. To help prevent costly problems, give constructors the complete geotechnical engineering report, but preface it with a clearly written letter of transmittal. In that letter, advise constructors that the report was not prepared for purposes of bid development and that the report’s accuracy is limited; encourage them to confer with the geotechnical engineer who prepared the report (a modest fee may be required) and/or to conduct additional study to obtain the specific types of information they need or prefer. A prebid conference can also be valuable. Be sure constructors have sufficient time to perform additional study. Only then might you be in a position to give constructors the best information available to you, while requiring them to at least share some of the financial responsibilities stemming from unanticipated conditions. READ RESPONSIBILITY PROVISIONS CLOSELY Some clients, design professionals, and constructors do not recognize that geotechnical engineering is far less exact than other engineering disciplines. This lack of understanding has created unrealistic expectations that have led to disappointments, claims, and disputes. To help reduce the risk of such outcomes, geotechnical engineers commonly include a variety of explanatory provisions in their reports. Sometimes labeled “limitations,” many of these provisions indicate where geotechnical engineer’s responsibilities begin and end, to help others recognize their own responsibilities and risks. Read these provisions closely. Ask questions. Your geotechnical engineer should respond fully and frankly. ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS ARE NOT COVERED The equipment, techniques, and personnel used to perform an environmental study differ significantly from those used to perform a geotechnical study. For that reason, a geotechnical engineering report does not usually relate any environmental findings, conclusions, or recommendations; e.g., about the likelihood of encountering underground storage tanks or regulated contaminants. Unanticipated environmental problems have led to numerous project failures. If you have not yet obtained your own environmental information, ask your geotechnical consultant for risk management guidance. Do not rely on an environmental report prepared for someone else. OBTAIN PROFESSIONAL ASSISTANCE TO DEAL WITH MOLD Diverse strategies can be applied during building design, construction, operation, and maintenance to prevent significant amounts of mold from growing on indoor surfaces. To be effective, all such strategies should be devised for the express purpose of mold prevention, integrated into a comprehensive plan, and executed with diligent oversight by a professional mold prevention consultant. Because just a small amount of water or moisture can lead to the development of severe mold infestations, many mold prevention strategies focus on keeping building surfaces dry. While groundwater, water infiltration, and similar issues may have been addressed as part of the geotechnical engineering study whose findings are conveyed in this report, the geotechnical engineer in charge of this project is not a mold prevention consultant; none of the services performed in connection with the geotechnical engineer’s study were designed or conducted for the purpose of mold prevention. Proper implementation of the recommendations conveyed in this report will not of itself be sufficient to prevent mold from growing in or on the structure involved. RELY ON YOUR GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER FOR ADDITIONAL ASSISTANCE Membership in the Geotechnical Business Council (GBC) of Geoprofessional Business Association exposes geotechnical engineers to a wide array of risk confrontation techniques that can be of genuine benefit for everyone involved with a construction project. Confer with CGC, a member of GBC, for more information. Modified and reprinted with permission from: Geotechnical Business Council of the Geoprofessional Business Association 8811 Colesville Road, Suite G 106 Silver Spring, MD 20910 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK APPENDIX D RECOMMENDED COMPACTED FILL SPECIFICATIONS APPENDIX D CGC, INC. RECOMMENDED COMPACTED FILL SPECIFICATIONS General Fill Materials Proposed fill shall contain no vegetation, roots, topsoil, peat, ash, wood or any other non-soil material which by decomposition might cause settlement. Also, fill shall never be placed while frozen or on frozen surfaces. Rock, stone or broken concrete greater than 6 in. in the largest dimension shall not be placed within 10 ft of the building area. Fill used greater than 10 ft beyond the building limits shall not contain rock, boulders or concrete pieces greater than a 2 sq ft area and shall not be placed within the final 2 ft of finish subgrade or in designated utility construction areas. Fill containing rock, boulders or concrete pieces should include sufficient finer material to fill voids among the larger fragments. Special Fill Materials In certain cases, special fill materials may be required for specific purposes, such as stabilizing subgrades, backfilling undercut excavations or filling behind retaining walls. For reference, WisDOT gradation specifications for various types of granular fill are attached in Table 1. Placement Method The approved fill shall be placed, spread and leveled in layers generally not exceeding 10 in. in thickness before compaction. The fill shall be placed at moisture content capable of achieving the desired compaction level. For clay soils or granular soils containing an appreciable amount of cohesive fines, moisture conditioning will likely be required. It is the Contractor's responsibility to provide all necessary compaction equipment and other grading equipment that may be required to attain the specified compaction. Hand-guided vibratory or tamping compactors will be required whenever fill is placed adjacent to walls, footings, columns or in confined areas. Compaction Specifications Maximum dry density and optimum moisture content of the fill soil shall be determined in accordance with modified Proctor methods (ASTM D1557). The recommended field compaction as a percentage of the maximum dry density is shown in Table 2. Note that these compaction guidelines would generally not apply to coarse gravel/stone fill. Instead, a method specification would apply (e.g., compact in thin lifts with a vibratory compactor until no further consolidation is evident). Testing Procedures Representative samples of proposed fill shall be submitted to CGC, Inc. for optimum moisture-maximum density determination (ASTM D1557) prior to the start of fill placement. The sample size should be approximately 50 lb. CGC, Inc. shall be retained to perform field density tests to determine the level of compaction being achieved in the fill. The tests shall generally be conducted on each lift at the beginning of fill placement and at a frequency mutually agreed upon by the project team for the remainder of the project. WisDOT Section 311 WisDOT Section 312 WisDOT Section 210 Breaker Run Select Crushed Material 3-in. Dense Graded Base 1 1/4-in. Dense Graded Base 3/4-in. Dense Graded Base Grade 1 Granular Backfill Grade 2 Granular Backfill Structure Backfill Sieve Size 6 in.100 5 in.90-100 3 in.90-100 100 1 1/2 in.20-50 60-85 1 1/4 in.95-100 1 in.100 3/4 in.40-65 70-93 95-100 3/8 in.42-80 50-90 No. 4 15-40 25-63 35-70 100 (2)100 (2)25-100 No. 10 0-10 10-30 16-48 15-55 No. 40 5-20 8-28 10-35 75 (2) No. 100 15 (2)30 (2) No. 200 2-12 2-12 5-15 8 (2)15 (2)15 (2) Notes: 1. Reference: Wisconsin Department of Transportation Standard Specifications for Highway and Structure Construction. 2. Percentage applies to the material passing the No. 4 sieve, not the entire sample. 3. Per WisDOT specifications, both breaker run and select crushed material can include concrete that is 'substantially free of steel, building materials and other deleterious material'. Area Clay/Silt Within 10 ft of building lines Footing bearing soils 93 - 95 Under floors, steps and walks - Lightly loaded floor slab 90 - Heavily loaded floor slab and thicker fill zones 92 Beyond 10 ft of building lines Under walks and pavements - Less than 2 ft below subgrade 92 - Greater than 2 ft below subgrade 90 Landscaping 85 Notes: 1. Based on Modified Proctor Dry Density (ASTM D 1557) Percent Passing by Weight Table 1 Gradation of Special Fill Materials Table 2 Compaction Guidelines Material WisDOT Section 305 WisDOT Section 209 90 95 90 95 90 Percent Compaction (1) Sand/Gravel 95 CGC, Inc.6/2/2017 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK APPENDIX E WISCONSIN DEPARTMENT OF SAFETY & PROFESSIONAL SERVICES SOIL AND SITE EVALUATION – STORM FORMS PARTICLE SIZE DISTRIBUTION TEST REPORT 1002-CPS-23 Page of 1 County Parcel I.D. Property Owner Property Location Govt. Lot ¼¼S T 3 N R 13 E Property Owner's Mail Address Lot #Block#Subd. Name or CSM # X City Village Town Nearest Road Soil Moisture Drainage area sq ft acres Date of soil borings: USDA-NRCS WETS Value: Test site suitable for (check all that apply):Site not suitable;X Morphological Evaluation Dry = 1; Bioretention;Subsurface Disperal System;Double Ring Infiltrometer Normal = 2; Reuse;Irrigation;Other Other: (specify)Wet = 3. #OBS.Pit X Boring Ground surface elevation ft.Elevation of limiting factor ft. #OBS.Pit X Boring Ground surface elevation ft.Elevation of limiting factor ft. Name (Please Print)Signature Credential Number Address Date Evaluation Conducted Telephone Number XGRLS GRSL (fill)1fsbk 0-14 78-180 1 4 2 14-42 10YR 6/4 none 10YR 4/2 none 1 0-11 Dominant Color Munsell Redox Description Qu. Sz. Cont. Color Texture Structure Gr. Sz. Sh.Consistence Boundary % Rock Frags.Horizon Approx. Depth in. 3 24-66 10YR 4/1 to 2/1 c2d 10YR 3/6 SiCL 0m mvfi <5211-24 10YR 6/4 none XGRLS 0sg ml 60-70466-180 Dominant Color Munsell Attach a complete site plan on paper not less than 8 ½ x 11 inches in size. Plan must include, but not limited to: vertical and horizontal reference point (BM), direction and percent of slope, scale or dimensions, north arrow, and BM referenced to nearest road Reviewed by: Date: Structure Gr. Sz. Sh.Consistence Boundary % Rock Frags. % Fines (P200) Please print all information Personal information you provide may be used for secondary purposes [Privacy Law, s. 15.04(1)(m)] City State Zip Code Phone Number TextureRedox Description Qu. Sz. Cont. Color Hydraulic Application Test Method Rock Horizon Hydraulic App Rate Inches/Hr Approx. Depth in. 0m mvfi <5 0.04 P.O. Box 2658 1 mvfr 1.6360-700sgml % Fines (P200) Hydraulic App Rate Inches/Hr 20-30 0.50 (1) 1.63 Division of Industry Services Madison, Wisconsin 53701 SOIL AND SITE EVALUATION - STORM Attachment 2: In accordance with SPS 382.365, 385, Wis. Adm. Code, and WDNR Standard 1002 129 Milky Way, Madison, WI 53718 Tim F. Gassenheimer (608) 288-4100January 10, 2023 881±<866± <866±881± 3.60 Pavement section Pavement section 0.04 10YR 6/1 c2d 10YR 4/4 SiCL SW-1 SW-2 Comments: Groundwater was not encountered during or upon the completion of drilling. (1) Infiltration rate in fill may vary significantly due to the potential for variable composition. Comments: Groundwater was not encountered during or upon the completion of drilling. Redox in Horizons 2 and 3 is assumed to be a result of periodically infiltrating surface water and the restrictive permeability of these soils. SP-011900004 0219200014 SW NE 19 Janesville 2500 Milton Ave Overall Site Comments: See Comments above and Stormwater Infiltration Potential section in our Geotechnical Exploration Report (CGC Project No. C22625; dated January 25, 2023.). Rockstep Janesville LLC 2500 Milton Ave Janesville WI 53545 3 42-78 10YR 7/2 none S 0sg ml <10 SBD-10793 (R 7/17) WDNR - September 2017 1002-CPS-23 Page of 1 County Parcel I.D. Property Owner Property Location Govt. Lot ¼¼S T 3 N R 13 E Property Owner's Mail Address Lot #Block#Subd. Name or CSM # X City Village Town Nearest Road Soil Moisture Drainage area sq ft acres Date of soil borings: USDA-NRCS WETS Value: Test site suitable for (check all that apply):Site not suitable;X Morphological Evaluation Dry = 1; Bioretention;Subsurface Disperal System;Double Ring Infiltrometer Normal = 2; Reuse;Irrigation;Other Other: (specify)Wet = 3. #OBS.Pit X Boring Ground surface elevation ft.Elevation of limiting factor ft. Name (Please Print)Signature Credential Number Address Date Evaluation Conducted Telephone Number Division of Industry Services Attachment 2:P.O. Box 2658 Madison, Wisconsin 53701 SOIL AND SITE EVALUATION - STORM In accordance with SPS 382.365, 385, Wis. Adm. Code, and WDNR Standard 1002 1 Attach a complete site plan on paper not less than 8 ½ x 11 inches in size. Plan must include, but not limited to: vertical and horizontal reference point (BM), direction and percent of slope, scale or dimensions, north arrow, and BM referenced to nearest road Rock 0219200014 Please print all information Reviewed by: Personal information you provide may be used for secondary purposes [Privacy Law, s. 15.04(1)(m)]Date: Rockstep Janesville LLC NW NE 19 2500 Milton Ave 2500 Milton Ave City State Zip Code Phone Number Janesville WI 53545 Janesville Hydraulic Application Test Method SW-3 881±<866± Hydraulic App Rate Inches/Hr 1 0-10 Pavement section Horizon Approx. Depth in. Dominant Color Munsell Redox Description Qu. Sz. Cont. Color Texture Structure Gr. Sz. Sh. 0m Consistence Boundary % Rock Frags. % Fines (P200) 2 10-48 10YR 5/3 none SiCL 3 48-72 10YR 4/3 none SL 0.50 mfi <10 0.04 1msbk mfr <10 Comments: Groundwater was not encountered during or upon the completion of drilling. (1) Based on a composite sample from samples collected at 11 to 12.5 ft and 13.5 to 15 ft. 4 72-180 10YR 6/4 none XGRLS 0sg ml 62 (1)9 (1)1.63 Overall Site Comments: See Comments above and Stormwater Infiltration Potential section in our Geotechnical Exploration Report(CGC Project No. C22625; dated January 25, 2023.). Tim F. Gassenheimer SP-011900004 129 Milky Way, Madison, WI 53718 January 10, 2023 (608) 288-4100 SBD-10793 (R 7/17) WDNR - September 2017 Tested By: JFS Checked By: KJS 1/13/23 (no specification provided) PL=LL=PI= D90=D85=D60=D50=D30=D15=D10=Cu=Cc= USCS=AASHTO= * BrownFine to Coarse Sandy Gravel, Little Silt 1 1/4 1 3/4 1/2 3/8 #4 #8 #10 #16 #30 #40 #50 #80 #100 #200 100.0 71.7 61.8 55.2 51.9 46.0 39.3 37.8 33.2 25.6 19.3 15.0 12.1 11.3 8.6 29.6447 28.5912 16.8173 7.6840 0.8320 0.2986 0.1084 155.19 0.38 GP-GM Harwood Engineering Woodman Center-Janesville C22625 Material Description Atterberg Limits Coefficients Classification Remarks Sample Number: SW-3/S5 and S6 Date: Client: Project: Project No:Figure SIEVE PERCENT SPEC.*PASS? SIZE FINER PERCENT (X=NO)PERCENT FINER0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 GRAIN SIZE -mm 0.0010.010.1110100 % +3"Coarse % Gravel Fine Coarse Medium % Sand Fine Silt % Fines Clay 0.0 38.2 15.8 8.2 18.5 10.7 8.66 in.3 in.2 in.1½ in.1 in.¾ in.½ in.3/8 in.#4#10#20#30#40#60#100#140#200Particle Size Distribution Report 220025.00 00 43 25 - 1 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 00 43 25 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM DURING PROCUREMENT DATE: ________________, ____, 2023 TO: ATTENTION: PROJECT: 1.1 We submit for your consideration the following product as a substitution for the specified product: Section No. Paragraph Specified Product __________ __________ ____________________________________ Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: 1.2 Product Data: Attach complete technical data for both the specified product and the proposed substitution. Include information on changes to Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. 1.3 Samples: ___ Attached ___ Will be furnished upon request Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? ___ No ___ Yes (explain) Effects of proposed substitution on other Work: Differences between proposed substitution and specified Product: 220025.00 00 43 25 - 2 Substitution Request Form During Procurement © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed substitution are: ___ Same ___ Different (explain) Maintenance service and spare parts are available for proposed substitution from: Previous installations where proposed substitution may be seen: Project: Project: Owner: Owner: Architect: Architect: Date Installed: Date Installed: Cost savings to be realized by Owner, if proposed substitution is approved: Change to Contract Time, if proposed substitution is approved: ___ No Change ___ Add ________ days ___ Deduct ________ days Submitted by Contractor: Signature Firm Architect Response: Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Architect has reviewed the proposed substitution on the basis of design concept of the Work and conformance with information given in Contract Documents. ___ Approved ___ Approved as Noted ___ Rejected Submit Additional Information: By: Date: AIA® Document A312TM – 2010 Payment Bond AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:18:29 ET on 03/12/2020 under Order No.5310205854 which expires on 08/29/2020, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1313366857) 1 ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. Any singular reference to Contractor, Surety, Owner or other party shall be considered plural where applicable. ELECTRONIC COPYING of any portion of this AIA® Document to another electronic file is prohibited and constitutes a violation of copyright laws as set forth in the footer of this document. CONTRACTOR: (Name, legal status and address) SURETY: (Name, legal status and principal place of business) « »« » « » « »« » « » OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) « »« » « » CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT Date: « » Amount: $ « » Description: (Name and location) « » « » BOND Date: (Not earlier than Construction Contract Date) « » Amount: $ « » Modifications to this Bond: « » None « » See Section 18 CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: « »« » Name and Title: « »« » (Any additional signatures appear on the last page of this Payment Bond.) (FOR INFORMATION ONLY — Name, address and telephone) AGENT or BROKER: OWNER’S REPRESENTATIVE: (Architect, Engineer or other party:) « » « » « » « » « » « » « » « » « » AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:18:29 ET on 03/12/2020 under Order No.5310205854 which expires on 08/29/2020, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1313366857) 2 § 1 The Contractor and Surety, jointly and severally, bind themselves, their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns to the Owner to pay for labor, materials and equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, which is incorporated herein by reference, subject to the following terms. § 2 If the Contractor promptly makes payment of all sums due to Claimants, and defends, indemnifies and holds harmless the Owner from claims, demands, liens or suits by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract, then the Surety and the Contractor shall have no obligation under this Bond. § 3 If there is no Owner Default under the Construction Contract, the Surety’s obligation to the Owner under this Bond shall arise after the Owner has promptly notified the Contractor and the Surety (at the address described in Section 13) of claims, demands, liens or suits against the Owner or the Owner’s property by any person or entity seeking payment for labor, materials or equipment furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract and tendered defense of such claims, demands, liens or suits to the Contractor and the Surety. § 4 When the Owner has satisfied the conditions in Section 3, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner against a duly tendered claim, demand, lien or suit. § 5 The Surety’s obligations to a Claimant under this Bond shall arise after the following: § 5.1 Claimants, who do not have a direct contract with the Contractor, .1 have furnished a written notice of non-payment to the Contractor, stating with substantial accuracy the amount claimed and the name of the party to whom the materials were, or equipment was, furnished or supplied or for whom the labor was done or performed, within ninety (90) days after having last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment included in the Claim; and .2 have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Section 13). § 5.2 Claimants, who are employed by or have a direct contract with the Contractor, have sent a Claim to the Surety (at the address described in Section 13). § 6 If a notice of non-payment required by Section 5.1.1 is given by the Owner to the Contractor, that is sufficient to satisfy a Claimant’s obligation to furnish a written notice of non-payment under Section 5.1.1. § 7 When a Claimant has satisfied the conditions of Sections 5.1 or 5.2, whichever is applicable, the Surety shall promptly and at the Surety’s expense take the following actions: § 7.1 Send an answer to the Claimant, with a copy to the Owner, within sixty (60) days after receipt of the Claim, stating the amounts that are undisputed and the basis for challenging any amounts that are disputed; and § 7.2 Pay or arrange for payment of any undisputed amounts. § 7.3 The Surety’s failure to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2 shall not be deemed to constitute a waiver of defenses the Surety or Contractor may have or acquire as to a Claim, except as to undisputed amounts for which the Surety and Claimant have reached agreement. If, however, the Surety fails to discharge its obligations under Section 7.1 or Section 7.2, the Surety shall indemnify the Claimant for the reasonable attorney’s fees the Claimant incurs thereafter to recover any sums found to be due and owing to the Claimant. § 8 The Surety’s total obligation shall not exceed the amount of this Bond, plus the amount of reasonable attorney’s fees provided under Section 7.3, and the amount of this Bond shall be credited for any payments made in good faith by the Surety. § 9 Amounts owed by the Owner to the Contractor under the Construction Contract shall be used for the performance of the Construction Contract and to satisfy claims, if any, under any construction performance bond. By the Contractor furnishing and the Owner accepting this Bond, they agree that all funds earned by the Contractor in the performance of the Construction Contract are dedicated to satisfy obligations of the Contractor and Surety under this Bond, subject to the Owner’s priority to use the funds for the completion of the work. AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:18:29 ET on 03/12/2020 under Order No.5310205854 which expires on 08/29/2020, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1313366857) 3 § 10 The Surety shall not be liable to the Owner, Claimants or others for obligations of the Contractor that are unrelated to the Construction Contract. The Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any Claimant under this Bond, and shall have under this Bond no obligation to make payments to, or give notice on behalf of, Claimants or otherwise have any obligations to Claimants under this Bond. § 11 The Surety hereby waives notice of any change, including changes of time, to the Construction Contract or to related subcontracts, purchase orders and other obligations. § 12 No suit or action shall be commenced by a Claimant under this Bond other than in a court of competent jurisdiction in the state in which the project that is the subject of the Construction Contract is located or after the expiration of one year from the date (1) on which the Claimant sent a Claim to the Surety pursuant to Section 5.1.2 or 5.2, or (2) on which the last labor or service was performed by anyone or the last materials or equipment were furnished by anyone under the Construction Contract, whichever of (1) or (2) first occurs. If the provisions of this Paragraph are void or prohibited by law, the minimum period of limitation available to sureties as a defense in the jurisdiction of the suit shall be applicable. § 13 Notice and Claims to the Surety, the Owner or the Contractor shall be mailed or delivered to the address shown on the page on which their signature appears. Actual receipt of notice or Claims, however accomplished, shall be sufficient compliance as of the date received. § 14 When this Bond has been furnished to comply with a statutory or other legal requirement in the location where the construction was to be performed, any provision in this Bond conflicting with said statutory or legal requirement shall be deemed deleted herefrom and provisions conforming to such statutory or other legal requirement shall be deemed incorporated herein. When so furnished, the intent is that this Bond shall be construed as a statutory bond and not as a common law bond. § 15 Upon request by any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of this Bond, the Contractor and Owner shall promptly furnish a copy of this Bond or shall permit a copy to be made. § 16 Definitions § 16.1 Claim. A written statement by the Claimant including at a minimum: .1 the name of the Claimant; .2 the name of the person for whom the labor was done, or materials or equipment furnished; .3 a copy of the agreement or purchase order pursuant to which labor, materials or equipment was furnished for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; .4 a brief description of the labor, materials or equipment furnished; .5 the date on which the Claimant last performed labor or last furnished materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract; .6 the total amount earned by the Claimant for labor, materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim; .7 the total amount of previous payments received by the Claimant; and .8 the total amount due and unpaid to the Claimant for labor, materials or equipment furnished as of the date of the Claim. § 16.2 Claimant. An individual or entity having a direct contract with the Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to furnish labor, materials or equipment for use in the performance of the Construction Contract. The term Claimant also includes any individual or entity that has rightfully asserted a claim under an applicable mechanic’s lien or similar statute against the real property upon which the Project is located. The intent of this Bond shall be to include without limitation in the terms “labor, materials or equipment” that part of water, gas, power, light, heat, oil, gasoline, telephone service or rental equipment used in the Construction Contract, architectural and engineering services required for performance of the work of the Contractor and the Contractor’s subcontractors, and all other items for which a mechanic's lien may be asserted in the jurisdiction where the labor, materials or equipment were furnished. § 16.3 Construction Contract. The agreement between the Owner and Contractor identified on the cover page, including all Contract Documents and all changes made to the agreement and the Contract Documents. AIA Document A312™ – 2010 Payment Bond. The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:18:29 ET on 03/12/2020 under Order No.5310205854 which expires on 08/29/2020, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1313366857) 4 § 16.4 Owner Default. Failure of the Owner, which has not been remedied or waived, to pay the Contractor as required under the Construction Contract or to perform and complete or comply with the other material terms of the Construction Contract. § 16.5 Contract Documents. All the documents that comprise the agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 17 If this Bond is issued for an agreement between a Contractor and subcontractor, the term Contractor in this Bond shall be deemed to be Subcontractor and the term Owner shall be deemed to be Contractor. § 18 Modifications to this bond are as follows: « » (Space is provided below for additional signatures of added parties, other than those appearing on the cover page.) CONTRACTOR AS PRINCIPAL SURETY Company: (Corporate Seal) Company: (Corporate Seal) Signature: Signature: Name and Title: « »« » Name and Title: « »« » Address: « » Address: « » AIA® Document G701TM – 2017 Change Order AIA Document G701™ – 2017. Copyright © 1979, 1987, 2000 , 2001 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:21:39 ET on 03/12/2020 under Order No. 5310205854 which expires on 08/29/2020, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA3E) 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK AIA® Document G704TM – 2017 Certificate of Substantial Completion AIA Document G704™ – 2017. Copyright © 1963, 1978, 1992, 2000 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:24:21 ET on 03/12/2020 under Order No. 5310205854 which expires on 08/29/2020, and is not for resale. User Notes: (3B9ADA3B) 1 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK AIA® Document A201® – 2017 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 1 ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification. For guidance in modifying this document to include supplementary conditions, see AIA Document A503™, Guide for Supplementary Conditions. ELECTRONIC COPYING of any portion of this AIA® Document to another electronic file is prohibited and constitutes a violation of copyright laws as set forth in the footer of this document. for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) « » « » THE OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) « »« » « » THE ARCHITECT: (Name, legal status and address) « »« » « » TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR 4 ARCHITECT 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 2 INDEX (Topics and numbers in bold are Section headings.) Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 10 Acts and Omissions 3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 10.2.5, 10.2.8, 13.3.2, 14.1, 15.1.2, 15.2 Addenda 1.1.1 Additional Costs, Claims for 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 Additional Inspections and Testing 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.4 Additional Time, Claims for 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.6 Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13 Allowances 3.8 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.5.4, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.10 Approvals 2.1.1, 2.3.1, 2.5, 3.1.3, 3.10.2, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 3.12.10.1, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.4.1 Arbitration 8.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4 ARCHITECT 4 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.5, 3.12.7, 4.1.2, 4.2, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.4, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.4, 15.2.1 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 2.1.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.6.4, 15.1.4, 15.2 Architect’s Additional Services and Expenses 2.5, 12.2.1, 13.4.2, 13.4.3, 14.2.4 Architect’s Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 3.7.4, 15.2, 9.4.1, 9.5 Architect’s Approvals 2.5, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 4.2.7 Architect’s Authority to Reject Work 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect’s Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Architect’s Decisions 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.2.14, 6.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.4.2, 15.2 Architect’s Inspections 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 Architect’s Instructions 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13.4.2 Architect’s Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Architect’s Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect’s Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 1.5, 2.3.3, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.3.2, 13.4, 15.2 Architect’s Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3 Architect’s Representations 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect’s Site Visits 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 Asbestos 10.3.1 Attorneys’ Fees 3.18.1, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1, 6.1.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1 Binding Dispute Resolution 8.3.1, 9.7, 11.5, 13.1, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.3.3, 15.4.1 Bonds, Lien 7.3.4.4, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Bonds, Performance, and Payment 7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.5 Building Information Models Use and Reliance 1.8 Building Permit 3.7.1 Capitalization 1.3 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 3 Certificates for Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.4 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 13.4.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.10.2 Change Orders 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3, 3.11, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.2, 11.5, 12.1.2 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK 2.2.2, 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 11.5 Claims, Definition of 15.1.1 Claims, Notice of 1.6.2, 15.1.3 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 15.4.1 Claims for Additional Cost 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 7.3.9, 9.5.2, 10.2.5, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 Claims for Additional Time 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 8.3.2, 9.5.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.6 Concealed or Unknown Conditions, Claims for 3.7.4 Claims for Damages 3.2.4, 3.18, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.3, 11.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Claims Subject to Arbitration 15.4.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.2, 15.1.5 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications 3.9.1, 4.2.4 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 12.2, 14.1.2, 15.1.2 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 3.10.1, 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2 Compliance with Laws 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 6.1.1, 6.1.4 Consent, Written 3.4.2, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 13.2, 15.4.4.2 Consolidation or Joinder 15.4.4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.11, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor’s 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4, 14.2.2.2 Continuing Contract Performance 15.1.4 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 5.4.1.1, 5.4.2, 11.5, 14 Contract Administration 3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 1.5.2, 2.3.6, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Sum 2.2.2, 2.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.8, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.2, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.1.2, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 1.1.4, 2.2.1, 2.2.2, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 6.1.5, 7.2.1.3, 7.3.1, 7.3.5, 7.3.6, 7, 7, 7.3.10, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2.1, 8.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 12.1.2, 14.3.2, 15.1.4.2, 15.1.6.1, 15.2.5 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2 Contractor’s Construction and Submittal Schedules 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 4.2.3, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 4 Contractor’s Employees 2.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance 11.1 Contractor’s Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner’s Forces 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.3, 12.2.4 Contractor’s Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.2, 2.2.4, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 4.2.4, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.2, 11.3, 11.4 Contractor’s Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2, 1.5, 2.3.3, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5.1, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3, 12, 13.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 Contractor’s Representations 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.8.2 Contractor’s Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.5.1, 10.2.8 Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents 3.2 Contractor’s Right to Stop the Work 2.2.2, 9.7 Contractor’s Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1 Contractor’s Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Contractor’s Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Contractor’s Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.6, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 Coordination and Correlation 1.2, 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.11 Copyrights 1.5, 3.17 Correction of Work 2.5, 3.7.3, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2, 12.3, 15.1.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2 Cost, Definition of 7.3.4 Costs 2.5, 3.2.4, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.2, 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14 Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.5 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 Damage to the Work 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 12.2.4 Damages, Claims for 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.3.2, 11.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Damages for Delay 6.2.3, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2, 14.3.2 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 6.3, 7.3.4, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.5, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.3, 9.5.1, 9.5.3, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 Definitions 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.5, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1, 15.1.1 Delays and Extensions of Time 3.2, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 Digital Data Use and Transmission 1.7 Disputes 6.3, 7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 3.11 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2 Emergencies 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.5 Employees, Contractor’s 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment, Labor, or Materials 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.3.4, 2.3.6, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.6, 8.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.1, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.4 AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 5 Extensions of Time 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 Failure of Payment 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Financial Arrangements, Owner’s 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (See Warranty) Hazardous Materials and Substances 10.2.4, 10.3 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 Indemnification 3.17, 3.18, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 11.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2.2, 3.12.10.1, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Initial Decision 15.2 Initial Decision Maker, Definition of 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker, Decisions 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority 14.2.4, 15.1.4.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 10.2.8, 10.4 Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.4 Instructions to Bidders 1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.4.2 Instruments of Service, Definition of 1.1.7 Insurance 6.1.1, 7.3.4, 8.2.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.2.5, 11 Insurance, Notice of Cancellation or Expiration 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Insurance, Contractor’s Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 14.4.2 Insurance, Owner’s Liability 11.2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.2, 11.4, 11.5 Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1 Insured loss, Adjustment and Settlement of 11.5 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13 Interest 13.5 Interpretation 1.1.8, 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 15.1.1 Interpretations, Written 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Judgment on Final Award 15.4.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.5, 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Liens 2.1.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 Limitations, Statutes of 12.2.5, 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 Limitations of Liability 3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.10, 3.12.10.1, 3.17, 3.18.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 9.6.8, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.3, 12.2.5, 13.3.1 Limitations of Time 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4.1, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5 Materials, Hazardous 10.2.4, 10.3 Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.4, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 Mechanic’s Lien 2.1.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.6.8, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 Mediation 8.3.1, 15.1.3.2, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1, 15.4.1.1 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4 AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 6 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 2.5, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7, 10.3.2 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.4, 2.5, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2 Notice 1.6, 1.6.1, 1.6.2, 2.1.2, 2.2.2., 2.2.3, 2.2.4, 2.5, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 7.4, 8.2.2 9.6.8, 9.7, 9.10.1, 10.2.8, 10.3.2, 11.5, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1, 14.2.2, 14.4.2, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, 15.1.6, 15.4.1 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Insurance 11.1.4, 11.2.3 Notice of Claims 1.6.2, 2.1.2, 3.7.4, 9.6.8, 10.2.8, 15.1.3, 15.1.5, 15.1.6, 15.2.8, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 Notice of Testing and Inspections 13.4.1, 13.4.2 Observations, Contractor’s 3.2, 3.7.4 Occupancy 2.3.1, 9.6.6, 9.8 Orders, Written 1.1.1, 2.4, 3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.5, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1.1 Owner, Evidence of Financial Arrangements 2.2, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.3, 3.2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Owner’s Authority 1.5, 2.1.1, 2.3.32.4, 2.5, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.4, 11.5, 12.2.2, 12.3, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 15.2.7 Owner’s Insurance 11.2 Owner’s Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work 2.5, 14.2.2 Owner’s Right to Clean Up 6.3 Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 6.1 Owner’s Right to Stop the Work 2.4 Owner’s Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner’s Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2, 14.4 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.2.2, 3.11, 3.17, 4.2.12, 5.3 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.5 Patents 3.17 Payment, Applications for 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.8.5, 9.10.1, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.5, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.10, 12.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2 Payments, Progress 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.3.1 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.4.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.1.2 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws 2.3.1, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.4.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.1 Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Progress and Completion 4.2.2, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.4 Progress Payments 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 14.2.3, 15.1.4 AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 7 Project, Definition of 1.1.4 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.2 Proposal Requirements 1.1.1 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and Laws 1.5, 2.3.2, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 13.1, 13.3, 13.4.1, 13.4.2, 13.5, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Rejection of Work 4.2.6, 12.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens 9.3.1, 9.10.2 Representations 3.2.1, 3.5, 3.12.6, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Representatives 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.10, 13.2.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 5.3, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5.1, 10 Retainage 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 Review of Contractor’s Submittals by Owner and Architect 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2, 5.2, 6.1.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2, 2.4, 2.5, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.1, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights 3.17 Rules and Notices for Arbitration 15.4.1 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2, 10.4 Safety Precautions and Programs 3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.6.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 Separate Contractors, Definition of 6.1.1 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 3.7.4, 4.2, 9.9.2, 9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 Site Visits, Architect’s 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.4 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.4 Specifications, Definition of 1.1.6 Specifications 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14 Statute of Limitations 15.1.2, 15.4.1.1 Stopping the Work 2.2.2, 2.4, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 3.18, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.7 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.4, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Submittal Schedule 3.10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 11.3 Substances, Hazardous 10.3 Substantial Completion 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 15.1.2 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of Architect 2.3.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.4.2, 3.5, 7.3.8 Sub-subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 8 Subsurface Conditions 3.7.4 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.4, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.4 Suppliers 1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.4, 9.6, 9.10.5, 14.2.1 Surety 5.4.1.2, 9.6.8, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.2, 14.2.2, 15.2.7 Surety, Consent of 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 1.1.7, 2.3.4 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.3 Suspension of the Work 3.7.5, 5.4.2, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.4.4 Termination by the Contractor 14.1, 15.1.7 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.7 Termination by the Owner for Convenience 14.4 Termination of the Architect 2.3.3 Termination of the Contractor Employment 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 12.2.1, 13.4 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.6, 15.2.5 Time Limits 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.5, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 12.2, 13.4, 14, 15.1.2, 15.1.3, 15.4 Time Limits on Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.1.3 Title to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions, Concealed or Unknown 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Unit Prices 7.3.3.2, 9.1.2 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1.5, 2.3.6, 3.12.6, 5.3 Use of Site 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.3.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.5, 13.3.2, 15.1.7 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.3.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Waiver of Consequential Damages 14.2.4, 15.1.7 Waiver of Liens 9.3, 9.10.2, 9.10.4 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3 Warranty 3.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 15.1.2 Weather Delays 8.3, 15.1.6.2 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.10.3, 13.2, 13.3.2, 15.4.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Written Orders 1.1.1, 2.4, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.4.2, 14.3.1 AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 9 ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 Basic Definitions § 1.1.1 The Contract Documents The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) and consist of the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement, and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive, or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, the Contractor’s bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding or proposal requirements. § 1.1.2 The Contract The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect’s consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect’s consultants, or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect’s duties. § 1.1.3 The Work The term “Work” means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment, and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. § 1.1.4 The Project The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors. § 1.1.5 The Drawings The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules, and diagrams. § 1.1.6 The Specifications The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. § 1.1.7 Instruments of Service Instruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect’s consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials. § 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2. The Initial Decision Maker shall not show partiality to the Owner or Contractor and shall not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 1.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 10 § 1.2.1.1 The invalidity of any provision of the Contract Documents shall not invalidate the Contract or its remaining provisions. If it is determined that any provision of the Contract Documents violates any law, or is otherwise invalid or unenforceable, then that provision shall be revised to the extent necessary to make that provision legal and enforceable. In such case the Contract Documents shall be construed, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to give effect to the parties’ intentions and purposes in executing the Contract. § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. § 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. § 1.3 Capitalization Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles, or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. § 1.4 Interpretation In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as “all” and “any” and articles such as “the” and “an,” but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. § 1.5 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications, and Other Instruments of Service § 1.5.1 The Architect and the Architect’s consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service, including the Drawings and Specifications, and retain all common law, statutory, and other reserved rights in their Instruments of Service, including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with the Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect’s or Architect’s consultants’ reserved rights. § 1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them, subject to any protocols established pursuant to Sections 1.7 and 1.8, solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to the Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect, and the Architect’s consultants. § 1.6 Notice § 1.6.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.2, where the Contract Documents require one party to notify or give notice to the other party, such notice shall be provided in writing to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed and shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person, by mail, by courier, or by electronic transmission if a method for electronic transmission is set forth in the Agreement. § 1.6.2 Notice of Claims as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be provided in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly served only if delivered to the designated representative of the party to whom the notice is addressed by certified or registered mail, or by courier providing proof of delivery. § 1.7 Digital Data Use and Transmission The parties shall agree upon protocols governing the transmission and use of Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form. The parties will use AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, to establish the protocols for the development, use, transmission, and exchange of digital data. § 1.8 Building Information Models Use and Reliance Any use of, or reliance on, all or a portion of a building information model without agreement to protocols governing the use of, and reliance on, the information contained in the model and without having those protocols set forth in AIA Document E203™–2013, Building Information Modeling and Digital Data Exhibit, and the requisite AIA Document AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 11 G202™–2013, Project Building Information Modeling Protocol Form, shall be at the using or relying party’s sole risk and without liability to the other party and its contractors or consultants, the authors of, or contributors to, the building information model, and each of their agents and employees. ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 General § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner’s approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term “Owner” means the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative. § 2.1.2 The Owner shall furnish to the Contractor, within fifteen days after receipt of a written request, information necessary and relevant for the Contractor to evaluate, give notice of, or enforce mechanic’s lien rights. Such information shall include a correct statement of the record legal title to the property on which the Project is located, usually referred to as the site, and the Owner’s interest therein. § 2.2 Evidence of the Owner’s Financial Arrangements § 2.2.1 Prior to commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract. The Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work until the Owner provides such evidence. If commencement of the Work is delayed under this Section 2.2.1, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately. § 2.2.2 Following commencement of the Work and upon written request by the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence that the Owner has made financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract only if (1) the Owner fails to make payments to the Contractor as the Contract Documents require; (2) the Contractor identifies in writing a reasonable concern regarding the Owner’s ability to make payment when due; or (3) a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum. If the Owner fails to provide such evidence, as required, within fourteen days of the Contractor’s request, the Contractor may immediately stop the Work and, in that event, shall notify the Owner that the Work has stopped. However, if the request is made because a change in the Work materially changes the Contract Sum under (3) above, the Contractor may immediately stop only that portion of the Work affected by the change until reasonable evidence is provided. If the Work is stopped under this Section 2.2.2, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided in the Contract Documents. § 2.2.3 After the Owner furnishes evidence of financial arrangements under this Section 2.2, the Owner shall not materially vary such financial arrangements without prior notice to the Contractor. § 2.2.4 Where the Owner has designated information furnished under this Section 2.2 as “confidential,” the Contractor shall keep the information confidential and shall not disclose it to any other person. However, the Contractor may disclose “confidential” information, after seven (7) days’ notice to the Owner, where disclosure is required by law, including a subpoena or other form of compulsory legal process issued by a court or governmental entity, or by court or arbitrator(s) order. The Contractor may also disclose “confidential” information to its employees, consultants, sureties, Subcontractors and their employees, Sub-subcontractors, and others who need to know the content of such information solely and exclusively for the Project and who agree to maintain the confidentiality of such information. § 2.3 Information and Services Required of the Owner § 2.3.1 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements, assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. § 2.3.2 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture, or an entity lawfully practicing architecture, in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 12 § 2.3.3 If the employment of the Architect terminates, the Owner shall employ a successor to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. § 2.3.4 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. § 2.3.5 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner’s control and relevant to the Contractor’s performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor’s written request for such information or services. § 2.3.6 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. § 2.4 Owner’s Right to Stop the Work If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3. § 2.5 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to prior approval of the Architect and the Architect may, pursuant to Section 9.5.1, withhold or nullify a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the Owner for the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation for the Architect’s additional services made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. If the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the Owner or the Architect, or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner, the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to Article 15. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 General § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term “Contractor” means the Contractor or the Contractor’s authorized representative. § 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of its obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect’s administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. § 3.2 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor § 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 13 § 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. It is recognized that the Contractor’s review is made in the Contractor’s capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 3.2.4 If the Contractor believes that additional cost or time is involved because of clarifications or instructions the Architect issues in response to the Contractor’s notices or requests for information pursuant to Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall submit Claims as provided in Article 15. If the Contractor fails to perform the obligations of Sections 3.2.2 or 3.2.3, the Contractor shall pay such costs and damages to the Owner, subject to Section 15.1.7, as would have been avoided if the Contractor had performed such obligations. If the Contractor performs those obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions and the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities. § 3.3 Supervision and Construction Procedures § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and shall be solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Owner and Architect, and shall propose alternative means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Architect shall evaluate the proposed alternative solely for conformance with the design intent for the completed construction. Unless the Architect objects to the Contractor’s proposed alternative, the Contractor shall perform the Work using its alternative means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. § 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.4 Labor and Materials § 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. § 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work approved by the Architect in accordance with Section 3.12.8 or ordered by the Architect in accordance with Section 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 14 § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 Warranty § 3.5.1 The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.5.2 All material, equipment, or other special warranties required by the Contract Documents shall be issued in the name of the Owner, or shall be transferable to the Owner, and shall commence in accordance with Section 9.8.4. § 3.6 Taxes The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. § 3.7 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work. § 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. § 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 14 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend that an equitable adjustment be made in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified, the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and Contractor, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect’s determination or recommendation, that party may submit a Claim as provided in Article 15. § 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 15 § 3.8 Allowances § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. § 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, .1 allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts; .2 Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and .3 whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor’s costs under Section 3.8.2.2. § 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. § 3.9 Superintendent § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. § 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the Architect may notify the Contractor, stating whether the Owner or the Architect (1) has reasonable objection to the proposed superintendent or (2) requires additional time for review. Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner’s consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. § 3.10 Contractor’s Construction and Submittal Schedules § 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall submit for the Owner’s and Architect’s information a Contractor’s construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall contain detail appropriate for the Project, including (1) the date of commencement of the Work, interim schedule milestone dates, and the date of Substantial Completion; (2) an apportionment of the Work by construction activity; and (3) the time required for completion of each portion of the Work. The schedule shall provide for the orderly progression of the Work to completion and shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents. The schedule shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project. § 3.10.2 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, shall submit a submittal schedule for the Architect’s approval. The Architect’s approval shall not be unreasonably delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor’s construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule, or fails to provide submittals in accordance with the approved submittal schedule, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. § 3.11 Documents and Samples at the Site The Contractor shall make available, at the Project site, the Contract Documents, including Change Orders, Construction Change Directives, and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and the approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar required submittals. These shall be in electronic form or paper copy, available to the Architect and Owner, and AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 16 delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. § 3.12 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules, and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier, or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams, and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship, and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to demonstrate how the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve, and submit to the Architect, Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents, in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of Separate Contractors. § 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so, and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. § 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, until the respective submittal has been approved by the Architect. § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from the requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect’s approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, unless the Contractor has specifically notified the Architect of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, by the Architect’s approval thereof. § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such notice, the Architect’s approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. § 3.12.10.1 If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials, or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 17 specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the performance and design criteria provided in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by an appropriately licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings, and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings, and other submittals related to the Work, designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy and accuracy of the services, certifications, and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor the performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review and approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. § 3.12.10.2 If the Contract Documents require the Contractor’s design professional to certify that the Work has been performed in accordance with the design criteria, the Contractor shall furnish such certifications to the Architect at the time and in the form specified by the Architect. § 3.13 Use of Site The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, lawful orders of public authorities, and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. § 3.14 Cutting and Patching § 3.14.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting, or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting, or patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting, or patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. § 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors by cutting, patching, or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter construction by the Owner or a Separate Contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of the Separate Contractor. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold, from the Owner or a Separate Contractor, its consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 Cleaning Up § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials and rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materials from and about the Project. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and the Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. § 3.16 Access to Work The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect with access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. § 3.17 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for defense or loss when a particular design, process, or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications, or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if an infringement of a copyright or patent is discovered by, or made known to, the Contractor, the Contractor shall be responsible for the loss unless the information is promptly furnished to the Architect. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 18 § 3.18 Indemnification § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect’s consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss, or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss, or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them, or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation, or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts, or other employee benefit acts. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT § 4.1 General § 4.1.1 The Architect is the person or entity retained by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.2 and identified as such in the Agreement. § 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities, and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified, or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. § 4.2 Administration of the Contract § 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner’s representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and promptly report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents, (2) known deviations from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (3) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of, and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of, the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.4 Communications The Owner and Contractor shall include the Architect in all communications that relate to or affect the Architect’s services or professional responsibilities. The Owner shall promptly notify the Architect of the substance of any direct communications between the Owner and the Contractor otherwise relating to the Project. Communications by and with the Architect’s consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with Separate Contractors shall be through the Owner. The Contract Documents may specify other communication protocols. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 19 § 4.2.5 Based on the Architect’s evaluations of the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.4.2 and 13.4.3, whether or not the Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect’s action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect’s professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect’s review of the Contractor’s submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5, and 3.12. The Architect’s review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures. The Architect’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may order minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. § 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner’s review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more Project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect’s responsibilities at the site. The Owner shall notify the Contractor of any change in the duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Project representatives. § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either, and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 4.2.13 The Architect’s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 20 ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 Definitions § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term “Subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term “Subcontractor” does not include a Separate Contractor or the subcontractors of a Separate Contractor. § 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site. The term “Sub-subcontractor” is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor. § 5.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall notify the Owner and Architect of the persons or entities proposed for each principal portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design. Within 14 days of receipt of the information, the Architect may notify the Contractor whether the Owner or the Architect (1) has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) requires additional time for review. Failure of the Architect to provide notice within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor’s Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person, or entity for one previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. § 5.3 Subcontractual Relations By appropriate written agreement, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor, to the extent of the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor, to be bound to the Contractor by terms of the Contract Documents, and to assume toward the Contractor all the obligations and responsibilities, including the responsibility for safety of the Subcontractor’s Work that the Contractor, by these Contract Documents, assumes toward the Owner and Architect. Each subcontract agreement shall preserve and protect the rights of the Owner and Architect under the Contract Documents with respect to the Work to be performed by the Subcontractor so that subcontracting thereof will not prejudice such rights, and shall allow to the Subcontractor, unless specifically provided otherwise in the subcontract agreement, the benefit of all rights, remedies, and redress against the Contractor that the Contractor, by the Contract Documents, has against the Owner. Where appropriate, the Contractor shall require each Subcontractor to enter into similar agreements with Sub-subcontractors. The Contractor shall make available to each proposed Subcontractor, prior to the execution of the subcontract agreement, copies of the Contract Documents to which the Subcontractor will be bound, and, upon written request of the Subcontractor, identify to the Subcontractor terms and conditions of the proposed subcontract agreement that may be at variance with the Contract Documents. Subcontractors will similarly make copies of applicable portions of such documents available to their respective proposed Sub-subcontractors. § 5.4 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that .1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor; and .2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 21 When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor’s rights and obligations under the subcontract. § 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor’s compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension. § 5.4.3 Upon assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor’s obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts § 6.1.1 The term “Separate Contractor(s)” shall mean other contractors retained by the Owner under separate agreements. The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, and with Separate Contractors retained under Conditions of the Contract substantially similar to those of this Contract, including those provisions of the Conditions of the Contract related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. § 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term “Contractor” in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner’s own forces and of each Separate Contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with any Separate Contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to its construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, Separate Contractors, and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces or with Separate Contractors, the Owner or its Separate Contractors shall have the same obligations and rights that the Contractor has under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6, and Articles 10, 11, and 12. § 6.2 Mutual Responsibility § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and Separate Contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor’s Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a Separate Contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that would render it unsuitable for proper execution and results of the Contractor’s Work. Failure of the Contractor to notify the Architect of apparent discrepancies or defects prior to proceeding with the Work shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner’s or Separate Contractor’s completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor’s Work. The Contractor shall not be responsible for discrepancies or defects in the construction or operations by the Owner or Separate Contractor that are not apparent. § 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a Separate Contractor because of the Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a Separate Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction. § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage that the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or Separate Contractor as provided in Section 10.2.5. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 22 § 6.2.5 The Owner and each Separate Contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. § 6.3 Owner’s Right to Clean Up If a dispute arises among the Contractor, Separate Contractors, and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible. ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 General § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor, and Architect. A Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor. An order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall proceed promptly with changes in the Work, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive, or order for a minor change in the Work. § 7.2 Change Orders § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor, and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following: .1 The change in the Work; .2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and .3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. § 7.3 Construction Change Directives § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions, or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. § 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods: .1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation; .2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon; .3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or .4 As provided in Section 7.3.4. § 7.3.4 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in the Agreement, or if no such amount is set forth in the Agreement, a reasonable amount. In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.4 shall be limited to the following: AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 23 .1 Costs of labor, including applicable payroll taxes, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, workers’ compensation insurance, and other employee costs approved by the Architect; .2 Costs of materials, supplies, and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed; .3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others; .4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use, or similar taxes, directly related to the change; and .5 Costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.5 If the Contractor disagrees with the adjustment in the Contract Time, the Contractor may make a Claim in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. § 7.3.6 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.7 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. § 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. § 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect’s professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Architect’s interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. § 7.4 Minor Changes in the Work The Architect may order minor changes in the Work that are consistent with the intent of the Contract Documents and do not involve an adjustment in the Contract Sum or an extension of the Contract Time. The Architect’s order for minor changes shall be in writing. If the Contractor believes that the proposed minor change in the Work will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor shall notify the Architect and shall not proceed to implement the change in the Work. If the Contractor performs the Work set forth in the Architect’s order for a minor change without prior notice to the Architect that such change will affect the Contract Sum or Contract Time, the Contractor waives any adjustment to the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time. ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 Definitions § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 24 § 8.1.4 The term “day” as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 Progress and Completion § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement, the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, commence the Work prior to the effective date of insurance required to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. § 8.3 Delays and Extensions of Time § 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by (1) an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, of an employee of either, or of a Separate Contractor; (2) by changes ordered in the Work; (3) by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties, adverse weather conditions documented in accordance with Section 15.1.6.2, or other causes beyond the Contractor’s control; (4) by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and binding dispute resolution; or (5) by other causes that the Contractor asserts, and the Architect determines, justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. § 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. § 8.3.3 This Section 8.3 does not preclude recovery of damages for delay by either party under other provisions of the Contract Documents. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 Contract Sum § 9.1.1 The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. § 9.1.2 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed so that application of such unit prices to the actual quantities causes substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 9.2 Schedule of Values Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit a schedule of values to the Architect before the first Application for Payment, allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in the form, and supported by the data to substantiate its accuracy, required by the Architect. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. Any changes to the schedule of values shall be submitted to the Architect and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require, and unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s subsequent Applications for Payment. § 9.3 Applications for Payment § 9.3.1 At least ten days before the date established for each progress payment, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. The application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by all data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment that the Owner or Architect require, such as copies of requisitions, and releases and waivers of liens from Subcontractors and suppliers, and shall reflect retainage if provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 25 § 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner’s title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner’s interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage, and transportation to the site, for such materials and equipment stored off the site. § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge, information, and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests, or encumbrances, in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons or entities that provided labor, materials, and equipment relating to the Work. § 9.4 Certificates for Payment § 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, either (1) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment in the full amount of the Application for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor; or (2) issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment for such amount as the Architect determines is properly due, and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect’s reasons for withholding certification in part as provided in Section 9.5.1; or (3) withhold certification of the entire Application for Payment, and notify the Contractor and Owner of the Architect’s reason for withholding certification in whole as provided in Section 9.5.1. § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect’s evaluation of the Work and the data in the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information, and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated, the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, and that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion, and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work; (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, or procedures; (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor’s right to payment; or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 9.5 Decisions to Withhold Certification § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect’s opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect’s opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of .1 defective Work not remedied; .2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims, unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor; .3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or suppliers for labor, materials or equipment; AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 26 .4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum; .5 damage to the Owner or a Separate Contractor; .6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or .7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.5.2 When either party disputes the Architect’s decision regarding a Certificate for Payment under Section 9.5.1, in whole or in part, that party may submit a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 9.5.3 When the reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.5.4 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or supplier to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Contractor shall reflect such payment on its next Application for Payment. § 9.6 Progress Payments § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect. § 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor, no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner, the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor’s portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. § 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors and suppliers to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay, or to see to the payment of money to, a Subcontractor or supplier, except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 The Contractor’s payments to suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors or provided by suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust, or entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.6.8 Provided the Owner has fulfilled its payment obligations under the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall defend and indemnify the Owner from all loss, liability, damage or expense, including reasonable attorney’s fees and litigation expenses, arising out of any lien claim or other claim for payment by any Subcontractor or supplier of any tier. Upon receipt of notice of a lien claim or other claim for payment, the Owner shall notify the Contractor. If approved by the applicable court, when required, the Contractor may substitute a surety bond for the property against which the lien or other claim for payment has been asserted. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 27 § 9.7 Failure of Payment If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents, the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shutdown, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents. § 9.8 Substantial Completion § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect’s inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor’s list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion; establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance; and fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate. Upon such acceptance, and consent of surety if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to the Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.9 Partial Occupancy or Use § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor, and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 28 § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.10 Final Completion and Final Payment § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection. When the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect’s on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect’s final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor’s being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner’s property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied, (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect, (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents, (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment, (5) documentation of any special warranties, such as manufacturers’ warranties or specific Subcontractor warranties, and (6) if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts and releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnify the Owner against such lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance. If a lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging the lien, claim, security interest, or encumbrance, including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. § 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed, corrected, and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of the surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of Claims. § 9.10.4 The making of final payment shall constitute a waiver of Claims by the Owner except those arising from .1 liens, Claims, security interests, or encumbrances arising out of the Contract and unsettled; .2 failure of the Work to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents; .3 terms of special warranties required by the Contract Documents; or .4 audits performed by the Owner, if permitted by the Contract Documents, after final payment. § 9.10.5 Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a supplier, shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. § 10.2 Safety of Persons and Property § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury, or loss to AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 29 .1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby; .2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody, or control of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, or a Sub-subcontractor; and .3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures, and utilities not designated for removal, relocation, or replacement in the course of construction. § 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with, and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities, bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury, or loss. § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall implement, erect, and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards; promulgating safety regulations; and notifying the owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities of the safeguards. § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment, or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3. The Contractor may make a Claim for the cost to remedy the damage or loss to the extent such damage or loss is attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18. § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. § 10.2.8 Injury or Damage to Person or Property If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, notice of the injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. § 10.3 Hazardous Materials and Substances § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials or substances. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify the Owner and Architect of the condition. § 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of the material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of the material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 30 promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable additional costs of shutdown, delay, and start-up. § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect’s consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss, or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss, or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. § 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for hazardous materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor’s fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. § 10.3.5 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of hazardous materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner’s fault or negligence. § 10.3.6 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. § 10.4 Emergencies In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor’s discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury, or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 Contractor’s Insurance and Bonds § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability, containing the endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions, as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Owner, Architect, and Architect’s consultants shall be named as additional insureds under the Contractor’s commercial general liability policy or as otherwise described in the Contract Documents. § 11.1.2 The Contractor shall provide surety bonds of the types, for such penal sums, and subject to such terms and conditions as required by the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall purchase and maintain the required bonds from a company or companies lawfully authorized to issue surety bonds in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. § 11.1.3 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. § 11.1.4 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Contractor’s Required Insurance. Within three (3) business days of the date the Contractor becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide notice to the Owner of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration. Upon receipt of notice from the Contractor, the Owner shall, unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 31 or omission of the Owner, have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by the Contractor. The furnishing of notice by the Contractor shall not relieve the Contractor of any contractual obligation to provide any required coverage. § 11.2 Owner’s Insurance § 11.2.1 The Owner shall purchase and maintain insurance of the types and limits of liability, containing the endorsements, and subject to the terms and conditions, as described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents. The Owner shall purchase and maintain the required insurance from an insurance company or insurance companies lawfully authorized to issue insurance in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. § 11.2.2 Failure to Purchase Required Property Insurance. If the Owner fails to purchase and maintain the required property insurance, with all of the coverages and in the amounts described in the Agreement or elsewhere in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. Upon receipt of notice from the Owner, the Contractor may delay commencement of the Work and may obtain insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-Subcontractors in the Work. When the failure to provide coverage has been cured or resolved, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be equitably adjusted. In the event the Owner fails to procure coverage, the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors to the extent the loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance to have been procured by the Owner. The cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by a Change Order. If the Owner does not provide written notice, and the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain the required insurance, the Owner shall reimburse the Contractor for all reasonable costs and damages attributable thereto. § 11.2.3 Notice of Cancellation or Expiration of Owner’s Required Property Insurance. Within three (3) business days of the date the Owner becomes aware of an impending or actual cancellation or expiration of any property insurance required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall provide notice to the Contractor of such impending or actual cancellation or expiration. Unless the lapse in coverage arises from an act or omission of the Contractor: (1) the Contractor, upon receipt of notice from the Owner, shall have the right to stop the Work until the lapse in coverage has been cured by the procurement of replacement coverage by either the Owner or the Contractor; (2) the Contract Time and Contract Sum shall be equitably adjusted; and (3) the Owner waives all rights against the Contractor, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors to the extent any loss to the Owner would have been covered by the insurance had it not expired or been cancelled. If the Contractor purchases replacement coverage, the cost of the insurance shall be charged to the Owner by an appropriate Change Order. The furnishing of notice by the Owner shall not relieve the Owner of any contractual obligation to provide required insurance. § 11.3 Waivers of Subrogation § 11.3.1 The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, each of the other; (2) the Architect and Architect’s consultants; and (3) Separate Contractors, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents, and employees, for damages caused by fire, or other causes of loss, to the extent those losses are covered by property insurance required by the Agreement or other property insurance applicable to the Project, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require similar written waivers in favor of the individuals and entities identified above from the Architect, Architect’s consultants, Separate Contractors, subcontractors, and sub-subcontractors. The policies of insurance purchased and maintained by each person or entity agreeing to waive claims pursuant to this section 11.3.1 shall not prohibit this waiver of subrogation. This waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity (1) even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, (2) even though that person or entity did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, or (3) whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the damaged property. § 11.3.2 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, to the extent permissible by such policies, the Owner waives all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.1 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. § 11.4 Loss of Use, Business Interruption, and Delay in Completion Insurance AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 32 The Owner, at the Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain insurance that will protect the Owner against loss of use of the Owner’s property, or the inability to conduct normal operations, due to fire or other causes of loss. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor and Architect for loss of use of the Owner’s property, due to fire or other hazards however caused. §11.5 Adjustment and Settlement of Insured Loss § 11.5.1 A loss insured under the property insurance required by the Agreement shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.5.2. The Owner shall pay the Architect and Contractor their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Owner, and by appropriate agreements the Architect and Contractor shall make payments to their consultants and Subcontractors in similar manner. § 11.5.2 Prior to settlement of an insured loss, the Owner shall notify the Contractor of the terms of the proposed settlement as well as the proposed allocation of the insurance proceeds. The Contractor shall have 14 days from receipt of notice to object to the proposed settlement or allocation of the proceeds. If the Contractor does not object, the Owner shall settle the loss and the Contractor shall be bound by the settlement and allocation. Upon receipt, the Owner shall deposit the insurance proceeds in a separate account and make the appropriate distributions. Thereafter, if no other agreement is made or the Owner does not terminate the Contract for convenience, the Owner and Contractor shall execute a Change Order for reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work in the amount allocated for that purpose. If the Contractor timely objects to either the terms of the proposed settlement or the allocation of the proceeds, the Owner may proceed to settle the insured loss, and any dispute between the Owner and Contractor arising out of the settlement or allocation of the proceeds shall be resolved pursuant to Article 15. Pending resolution of any dispute, the Owner may issue a Construction Change Directive for the reconstruction of the damaged or destroyed Work. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 Uncovering of Work § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect’s request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect’s examination and be replaced at the Contractor’s expense without change in the Contract Time. § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable adjustment to the Contract Sum and Contract Time as may be appropriate. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, the costs of uncovering the Work, and the cost of correction, shall be at the Contractor’s expense. § 12.2 Correction of Work § 12.2.1 Before Substantial Completion The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, discovered before Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor’s expense. § 12.2.2 After Substantial Completion § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of any applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of notice from the Owner to do so, unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.5. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 33 § 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work. § 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction of the Owner or Separate Contractors, whether completed or partially completed, caused by the Contractor’s correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to the Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. § 12.3 Acceptance of Nonconforming Work If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 Governing Law The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located, excluding that jurisdiction’s choice of law rules. If the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. § 13.2 Successors and Assigns § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns, and legal representatives to covenants, agreements, and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. § 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner’s rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate the assignment. § 13.3 Rights and Remedies § 13.3.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. § 13.3.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect, or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach thereunder, except as may be specifically agreed upon in writing. § 13.4 Tests and Inspections § 13.4.1 Tests, inspections, and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules, and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 34 approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections, and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of tests, inspections, or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded. The Owner shall directly arrange and pay for tests, inspections, or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations so require. § 13.4.2 If the Architect, Owner, or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection, or approval not included under Section 13.4.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection, or approval, by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.4.3, shall be at the Owner’s expense. § 13.4.3 If procedures for testing, inspection, or approval under Sections 13.4.1 and 13.4.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure, including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses, shall be at the Contractor’s expense. § 13.4.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection, or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. § 13.4.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections, or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. § 13.4.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. § 13.5 Interest Payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate the parties agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 Termination by the Contractor § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, for any of the following reasons: .1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped; .2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency, that requires all Work to be stopped; .3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or .4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2. § 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work, repeated suspensions, delays, or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3, constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less. § 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days’ notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, as well as reasonable overhead and profit on Work not executed, and costs incurred by reason of such termination. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 35 § 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. § 14.2 Termination by the Owner for Cause § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor .1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials; .2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors or suppliers in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors or suppliers; .3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or .4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 14.2.2 When any of the reasons described in Section 14.2.1 exist, and upon certification by the Architect that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, the Owner may, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety, if any, seven days’ notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety: .1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor; .2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and .3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work. § 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract. § 14.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work, in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay, or interruption under Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent .1 that performance is, was, or would have been, so suspended, delayed, or interrupted, by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or .2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. § 14.4 Termination by the Owner for Convenience § 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner’s convenience and without cause. § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall .1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice; .2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and .3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 36 § 14.4.3 In case of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Owner shall pay the Contractor for Work properly executed; costs incurred by reason of the termination, including costs attributable to termination of Subcontracts; and the termination fee, if any, set forth in the Agreement. ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 15.1 Claims § 15.1.1 Definition A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, a change in the Contract Time, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term “Claim” also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. This Section 15.1.1 does not require the Owner to file a Claim in order to impose liquidated damages in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 15.1.2 Time Limits on Claims The Owner and Contractor shall commence all Claims and causes of action against the other and arising out of or related to the Contract, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, in accordance with the requirements of the binding dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement and within the period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all Claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 15.1.2. § 15.1.3 Notice of Claims § 15.1.3.1 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor, where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered prior to expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, shall be initiated by notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party under this Section 15.1.3.1 shall be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. § 15.1.3.2 Claims by either the Owner or Contractor, where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2, shall be initiated by notice to the other party. In such event, no decision by the Initial Decision Maker is required. § 15.1.4 Continuing Contract Performance § 15.1.4.1 Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 15.1.4.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted in accordance with the Initial Decision Maker’s decision, subject to the right of either party to proceed in accordance with this Article 15. The Architect will issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decision of the Initial Decision Maker. § 15.1.5 Claims for Additional Cost If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given before proceeding to execute the portion of the Work that is the subject of the Claim. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. § 15.1.6 Claims for Additional Time § 15.1.6.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, notice as provided in Section 15.1.3 shall be given. The Contractor’s Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. § 15.1.6.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated, and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 37 § 15.1.7 Waiver of Claims for Consequential Damages The Contractor and Owner waive Claims against each other for consequential damages arising out of or relating to this Contract. This mutual waiver includes .1 damages incurred by the Owner for rental expenses, for losses of use, income, profit, financing, business and reputation, and for loss of management or employee productivity or of the services of such persons; and .2 damages incurred by the Contractor for principal office expenses including the compensation of personnel stationed there, for losses of financing, business and reputation, and for loss of profit, except anticipated profit arising directly from the Work. This mutual waiver is applicable, without limitation, to all consequential damages due to either party’s termination in accordance with Article 14. Nothing contained in this Section 15.1.7 shall be deemed to preclude assessment of liquidated damages, when applicable, in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 15.2 Initial Decision § 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those where the condition giving rise to the Claim is first discovered after expiration of the period for correction of the Work set forth in Section 12.2.2 or arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, and 11.5, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1, an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim. If an initial decision has not been rendered within 30 days after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker, the party asserting the Claim may demand mediation and binding dispute resolution without a decision having been rendered. Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. § 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. § 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner’s expense. § 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of the request, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished, or (3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. § 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to mediation and, if the parties fail to resolve their dispute through mediation, to binding dispute resolution. § 15.2.6 Either party may file for mediation of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1. § 15.2.6.1 Either party may, within 30 days from the date of receipt of an initial decision, demand in writing that the other party file for mediation. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for mediation within 30 days after receipt thereof, then both parties waive their rights to mediate or pursue binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 38 § 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor’s default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety’s assistance in resolving the controversy. § 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic’s lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. § 15.3 Mediation § 15.3.1 Claims, disputes, or other matters in controversy arising out of or related to the Contract, except those waived as provided for in Sections 9.10.4, 9.10.5, and 15.1.7, shall be subject to mediation as a condition precedent to binding dispute resolution. § 15.3.2 The parties shall endeavor to resolve their Claims by mediation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Mediation Procedures in effect on the date of the Agreement. A request for mediation shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the mediation. The request may be made concurrently with the filing of binding dispute resolution proceedings but, in such event, mediation shall proceed in advance of binding dispute resolution proceedings, which shall be stayed pending mediation for a period of 60 days from the date of filing, unless stayed for a longer period by agreement of the parties or court order. If an arbitration is stayed pursuant to this Section 15.3.2, the parties may nonetheless proceed to the selection of the arbitrator(s) and agree upon a schedule for later proceedings. § 15.3.3 Either party may, within 30 days from the date that mediation has been concluded without resolution of the dispute or 60 days after mediation has been demanded without resolution of the dispute, demand in writing that the other party file for binding dispute resolution. If such a demand is made and the party receiving the demand fails to file for binding dispute resolution within 60 days after receipt thereof, then both parties waive their rights to binding dispute resolution proceedings with respect to the initial decision. § 15.3.4 The parties shall share the mediator’s fee and any filing fees equally. The mediation shall be held in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. Agreements reached in mediation shall be enforceable as settlement agreements in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4 Arbitration § 15.4.1 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement, any Claim subject to, but not resolved by, mediation shall be subject to arbitration which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the Agreement. The Arbitration shall be conducted in the place where the Project is located, unless another location is mutually agreed upon. A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. § 15.4.1.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no earlier than concurrently with the filing of a request for mediation, but in no event shall it be made after the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. For statute of limitations purposes, receipt of a written demand for arbitration by the person or entity administering the arbitration shall constitute the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim. § 15.4.2 The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.3 The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement, shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. AIA Document A201® – 2017. Copyright © 1911, 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1966, 1970, 1976, 1987, 1997, 2007 and 2017 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. The “American Institute of Architects,” “AIA,” the AIA Logo, "A201," and “AIA Contract Documents” are registered trademarks and may not be used without permission. This draft was produced by AIA software at 17:50:14 ET on 06/07/2022 under Order No.3104236502 which expires on 09/09/2022, is not for resale, is licensed for one-time use only, and may only be used in accordance with the AIA Contract Documents® Terms of Service. To report copyright violations, e-mail copyright@aia.org. User Notes: (1718176081) 39 § 15.4.4 Consolidation or Joinder § 15.4.4.1 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules, either party may consolidate an arbitration conducted under this Agreement with any other arbitration to which it is a party provided that (1) the arbitration agreement governing the other arbitration permits consolidation, (2) the arbitrations to be consolidated substantially involve common questions of law or fact, and (3) the arbitrations employ materially similar procedural rules and methods for selecting arbitrator(s). § 15.4.4.2 Subject to the rules of the American Arbitration Association or other applicable arbitration rules, either party may include by joinder persons or entities substantially involved in a common question of law or fact whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration, provided that the party sought to be joined consents in writing to such joinder. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of any claim, dispute or other matter in question not described in the written consent. § 15.4.4.3 The Owner and Contractor grant to any person or entity made a party to an arbitration conducted under this Section 15.4, whether by joinder or consolidation, the same rights of joinder and consolidation as those of the Owner and Contractor under this Agreement. THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 00 73 00 - 1 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 00 73 00 GENERAL CONDITIONS – SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS 01 GENERAL CONDITIONS General conditions of the Contract for Construction, American Institute of Architects (AIA), Document A201, 2017 Edition, Articles 1 through 15, is hereby made a part of this Specification, except as modified by Supplementary General Conditions that follow. Copies of this Document, A201, are on file at the Architect’s office. 02 SUPPLEMENTARY GENERAL CONDITIONS NOTE: Where any article of AIA, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is hereby supplemented, AIA provisions of such articles shall remain in effect. Where any article is amended, voided, or superseded; provisions of such article not so specifically amended, voided or superseded shall remain in effect. ARTICLE 1 – GENERAL PROVISIONS 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS 1.1.2 Delete entirely and substitute the following: The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract together with the Public Improvement Performance Bond and Payment Bond, if any, represent the entire and integrated agreement between the parties and hereto supersedes prior negotiations, representations, or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and Architect or the Architect’s consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor, (3) except as may be expressly provided in the agreement between the Owner and Architect, between the Owner and the Architect or Architect’s consultants, or (4) between any other persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect’s duties. 1.1.4 Delete entirely and substitute the following: The Project is the total construction described in the Contract for which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part of which may include construction by the Owner and by Separate Contractors. 1.1.8 Delete entirely 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS Supplement Paragraph 1.2 as follows: 1.2.1.2 In the case of conflicts or discrepancies within or among the Contract Documents not clarified by Addendum, better quality or greater quality of work, as determined by the Architect, shall be provided. 1.2.1.3 Requirements of Sections in Division 01 “General Requirements” apply to the Work of all Sections in the Specifications 1.2.4 Where a Contract Document refers to standard specifications, such as Fec. Spec., ANSI, ASTM, or other standards, if no date or edition is indicated, the latest or most recent edition of the standard, including all supplements, at the date of issue of that Contract Document shall apply to this Project. 220025.00 00 73 00 - 2 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.2.5 Execute work as per Contract Documents. Make no changes therefrom without prior written permission. Where detailed information is lacking, before proceeding with work, refer matter to Architect for information. 1.2.6 If any errors or omissions appear in Drawings, Specifications, or other documents, bidding Contractor shall notify Architect prior to submitting bid. Should conflict occur in or between Drawings and Specifications, bidding Contractor is deemed to have estimated more expensive way of doing work unless bidding Contractor shall have asked for and obtained written decision before submission of Proposal as to which method or materials will be required. 1.2.7 Should any work be specified under more than one Section of this Specification, it will be assumed that each Contractor and Sub-Contractor has included said item of material or labor unless they shall have obtained a written decision before submission of Proposal as to who shall furnish item in question. If no such decision has been obtained, it shall be Architect's choice as to who shall furnish such item(s). 1.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE 1.5.1 Delete entirely and substitute the following: Drawings, Specifications and other documents, including those in electronic form, prepared by the Architect and the Architect’s consultants are Instruments of Service for use solely with respect to this Project and any remodeling, reconstruction or repair of the Project and the completed Project. The Owner shall be deemed the owner of the Instruments of Service. 1.7. DIGITAL DATA USE AND TRANSMISSION Supplement Paragraph 1.7 as follows: 1.7.1 Copies of Architect’s Electronic Files (CAD and or BIM) will be provided to Contractor for Contractor’s use in connection with Project, subject to execution of AIA Document C106 - Digital Data Licensing Agreement” and receipt of $350 processing fee for each discipline (Civil, Landscaping, Architectural, Structural, Plumbing, Fire Protection, HVAC, or Electrical) requested. ARTICLE 2 – OWNER 2.1 GENERAL 2.1.1 Delete entirely and substitute the following: The Owner is the City of Janesville. 2.1.2 Delete “fifteen days” and substitute “a reasonable time”. 2.2 EVIDENCE OF OWNER’S FINANCIAL ARRANGEMENTS Delete entirely all articles under 2.2 including 2.2.1, 2.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.4 2.3 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER 2.3.5 Delete “relevant” and substitute “necessary”. Supplement Paragraph 2.3 as follows: 220025.00 00 73 00 - 3 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2.3.7 The Owner may provide the Contractor access to the Owner’s records, which may contain information about the site and adjacent land and improvements that was not collected specifically for the Project. The Owner makes no representations as to the relevance, accuracy or completeness of information mad available to the Contractor from the Owner’s records. 2.5 OWNER’S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK 2.5 Delete entirely and substitute the following: If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without prejudice the Owner may have, correct such default or neglect. The Architect may withhold or nullify a Certificate of Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to reimburse the owner for the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation fr the Architect’s additional services made necessary by such default, neglect, or failure. If current and future payments are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. IF the Contractor disagrees with the actions of the Owner or Architect, or the amounts claimed as costs to the Owner, the Contractor may file a Claim pursuant to Article 15. 2.6 OWNER’S RIGHT TO INSPECT AND REJECT THE WORK 2.6 Add the following Paragraph: The Owner shall have the right to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents and to require inspection and testing of the Work to the same extent as the Architect’s authority under Section 4.2.6. Neither this right, nor the exercise or failure to exercise this right, shall give rise to any duty or responsibility on the part of the Owner to the Contractor, the Architect, or any other person or entity. ARTICLE 3 – CONTRACTOR 3.1 GENERAL 3.1.1 Delete entirely the second sentence and substitute the following: “The Contractor shall be, and continue to be, throughout the performance of the Work, lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located.” Supplement Paragraph 3.1 as follows: 3.1.4 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation by the Contractor that (1) the Contractor is financially solvent, able to pay its debts as they mature and possessed of sufficient working capital to complete the Work and perform its obligations under the Contract Documents in an efficient and capable manner, (2)The Contractor is authorized to do business as a contractor in the jurisdiction where the Project is located, and (3)the person(s) executing the Agreement on behalf of the Contractor are properly authorized to do so. 3.1.5 The Contractor shall exercise the sill and care of a sophisticated contractor with experience in projects similar to the Project. 220025.00 00 73 00 - 4 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR 3.2.1 Delete entirely and substitute the following: Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has (1)visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed, (2)reviewed information provided by the Owner and obtained by the Contractor from other sources, (3) correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents and (4) knows of no reason why the Contactor cannot perform the Work for the Contract Sum and within the Contact time. 3.2.2 Delete entirely and substitute the following: Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.3.4, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. Any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by the Contractor shall be promptly reported as a request for information in such form as the Architect or the Owner may require. 3.2.3 Delete entirely and substitute the following: While the Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report, in writing, to the Architect and the Owner any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor. 3.2.4 Delete entirely the last sentence and substitute the following: “If the Contractor performs those obligations, the Contractor shall not be liable to the Owner or Architect for damages resulting from errors, inconsistencies or omissions in the Contract Documents, for differences between field measurements or conditions the Contract Documents, or for nonconformities of the Contract Documents to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities unless the Contractor in the exercise of ordinary care reasonably should have recognized the error, inconsistency, omission, differences, or nonconformities”. 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES 3.3.1 Delete entirely and substitute the following: The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention normally used by competent and experienced contractors. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, and procedures, and for coordination all portions of the Work under the Contract. 3.3.2 Delete entirely and substitute the following: The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner and third parties for acts and omissions of the Contractor, Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor of any of its Subcontractors. 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS 3.4.1 Add the following sentence to the end of the first paragraph: At the time of payment application, the Contractor shall provide the Owner with lien waivers for all payments for Work completed. 220025.00 00 73 00 - 5 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.4.3 Add the following sentence to the end of the first paragraph: Contractor’s employees shall be removed from the Project by the Contractor if requested by the Owner. Such persons shall not be allowed to return to work without written consent of the Owner. Supplement Paragraph 3.4 as follows: 3.4.4 The Contractor shall check and keep accounts of all materials and labor entering into the Work. The Contractor shall reject any materials that will not conform to the Contract Documents when properly installed. 3.4.5 The Contractor agrees that it is an independent contractor and an employing unit subject as an employer to all applicable unemployment compensation, worker’s compensation, occupational safety and health, or similar statutes so as to relieve the Owner of any responsibility or liability for safety or of keeping records, making reports or paying any payroll taxes or contributions. The Contractor agrees to indemnify, defend (with counsel acceptable to the Owner) and hold the Owner harmless and reimburse it for any expenses or liability incurred in connection with the Contractor’s employees, including but limited to attorneys’ fees. The Contractor’s obligations under this Section 3.4.5 shall survive the Owner’s acceptance of the Work or termination of the Contract. 3.4.6 The Contractor shall keep and have available all necessary records and make all payments, reports, collections and deductions and otherwise do any and all things so as to fully comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations as they affect performance of this Contract, all so as to fully protect the Owner from any and all responsibility or liability relating to: (1)the production, purchase and sale, furnishing and delivering, pricing and use or consumption of materials, supplies and equipment, (2)the hire, tenure or conditions of employment of employees and their hours of work and rates of payment, (3)the keeping of records, making of reports, and the payment, collection and/or deduction of federal, state, and local taxes, contributions, pension funds, welfare funds or similar assessments. 3.4.7 The Contractor shall bring to and store on the site only materials and equipment that are to be used directly in the Work. The Contractor shall promptly remove equipment from the site after it is no longer required for the Work. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for protection of construction materials and equipment stored at the site. 3.5 WARRANTY 3.5.1 Delete entirely the last sentence and substitute the following: If required by the Architect or the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All warranties shall begin at the time of Substantial Completion. 3.6 TAXES 3.6 Delete entirely and substitute the following: Unless otherwise specified, Contract Price includes all federal, state, and local taxes imposed prior to execution of Agreement and which are applicable to Work. The Owner asserts to be exempt from payment of State sales and use taxes and reserves the right to implement the Owner’s state sales tax exemption procedure specified in Section 00 73 00 “Supplementary Conditions”. 220025.00 00 73 00 - 6 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.7 PERMIT, FEES, NOTICES AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS 3.7.1 Delete entirely and substitute the following: Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, each Contractor shall secure and pay for applicable permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. General Contractor shall secure and pay for local building permit. Mechanical (including, but not limited to, HVAC, Plumbing, and Fire Protection) and Electrical Contractors shall secure and pay for local permits for mechanical and electrical installation. Copies of all inspection certificates shall be delivered to the Owner promptly on receipt. 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES Supplement Paragraph 3.12 as follows: 3.12.11 Contractors shall submit Shop Drawings in the form of Adobe PDF format for each submittal until final review by Architect. Review comments of Architect will be made and returned to Contractor. 3.12.12 Mechanical and Electrical Contractors shall, as soon as possible, submit to Architect two (2) copies of a brochure containing catalog cuts and specifications of all equipment being furnished. After Architect approval, one (1) copy shall remain in the file and one (1) copy shall be kept in job office for reference. 3.12.13 When materials are specified "to be installed as per manufacturer's specifications or instructions", two (2) copies of these specifications or instructions shall be submitted to Architect. 3.12.14 Contractor shall include, as part of Progress Schedule, dates various Shop Drawings will be made available for Architect approval. (Refer to G.C. 3.10.). 3.12.15 Shop Drawings shall be marked with the name of project, numbered consecutively and bear stamp of approval of Contractor as evidence that Drawings have been checked by Contractor. Any drawings submitted without this stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to Contractor for re-submittal. 3.12.16 Samples, where called for, shall be provided in triplicate, except where otherwise specified. 3.15 CLEANING UP (Add the following) 3.15.3 General Contractor shall remove all rubbish and leave building broom clean. Broom clean shall be defined as being free from dust and other material capable of being removed by use of a reasonable effort and a hand-held broom. In addition, General Contractor shall clean and wash all glass; replace any broken glass; remove stains, spots, marks and dirt from decorated work; clean hardware; remove paint spots and smears from all surfaces; clean fixtures and wash all concrete and tile floors; and vacuum and clean all carpets. 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION (Add the following) 3.18.3 This "Hold Harmless Agreement" shall be specifically covered by Contractual Liability Insurance to be incorporated in Contractor's Comprehensive General Liability and Property Damage Insurance Policy and shall be so stated in insurance certificate provided by Contractor. Limits required for this coverage shall be same as for General Liability and Property Damage Coverage specified. 220025.00 00 73 00 - 7 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. ARTICLE 5 – SUBCONTRACTORS 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTORS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK 5.2.1 Delete entirely and substitute the following: Apparent successful bidder, within two (2) days after notification that their bid has been accepted, shall submit to Architect, in writing, names and addresses of Sub-Contractors proposed to be used. Submit minimum of one (1) name for each Section of Specifications and list Section Number and type of work for each name. Sub-Contractors with Sub-Contracts of $10,000 or less need not be listed. Failure of apparent successful bidder to have properly listed Sub-Contractors in Architect's office within two (2) days after notification will be cause for rejection of Bid by Owner. If agreement on Sub-Contractors cannot be reached, Owner reserves right to delete that particular portion of work from Contract and let separate Prime Contract for same. All listings shall be subject to preconstruction meetings and alternate bid selections. If construction conditions necessitate, Contractor, at no change in Contract Price, may make substitution of a Sub-Contractor provided such substitution is acceptable to Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 9 – PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 9.3.1 Add the following: Applications for payment shall be made on AIA Documents G702 and G703, Current Edition. Retainage shall be in accordance with Wisconsin Statutes 66.0901(9)(b) “retained percentages”. 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS 9.6.1 Add the following: “This provision shall not be construed as relieving Contractor from sole responsibility for care and protection of materials and work upon which payments have been made or the restoration of any damaged work or materials or as a waiver of the right of Owner to require fulfillment of all terms of Contract”. 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 9.8.4 Delete the last sentence of this Paragraph. 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT Supplement Paragraph 9.10 as follows: 9.10.6 Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Final Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof. 220025.00 00 73 00 - 8 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. ARTICLE 10 – PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10.2.1.2 Add the following: All materials delivered on premises for Work shall be neatly and compactly piled with such protection as may be required to prevent damage or soiling. If a Contractor's equipment or stored material interferes with work of another Contractor, first Contractor shall move same to another location upon reasonable advance notice. General Contractor shall protect all glass surfaces against damage and discoloration due to run off of alkalis leaking from masonry materials and fluorides that wash from concrete floors treated with hardening solutions. To avoid damage, wash glass as soon as practical after a rain or other wash off conditions. All Contractors shall protect glass against pitting by welding sparks whenever such work is carried on in the vicinity of glazed openings. 10.2.1.3 Add the following: General Contractor shall provide pumps, equipment, and enclosures to protect excavations, trenches, and building against damage from rain water, spring water, drain or sewer back-up, and all other water. General Contractor shall construct and maintain all necessary drainage and pumping to keep excavation free of water. General Contractor shall remove snow and ice as necessary to protect and execute Work. General Contractor shall provide continuous protection for Work, materials, apparatus, and fixtures against damage from wind, storms, rain, frost, heat, and other weather. For example, masonry work must be covered at end of each day's work. General Contractor shall protect all Work from cold weather damage. Should low temperatures make it impossible to continue operations safely, Contractor shall cease and shall notify Architect as soon as possible. 10.2.2 Add the following: Comply fully with General Orders of Chapter XIII, Bureau of Labor Standards, Department of Labor, Part 1518, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction. Precaution shall be executed at all times for protection of persons and property. All scaffolds, forms, and other support equipment shall be carefully designed to adequately support any superimposed loads. Any damage or injuries resulting from collapse of such scaffolds, forms, or supporting equipment shall be responsibility of Contractor. 10.2.3 Add the following: General Contractor shall provide and maintain guard lights at barricades, railings, street, road and sidewalk obstructions, and at all trenches adjacent to public walks and roads. 10.2.5 Add the following: If glass is broken and plastering or other work is damaged, it will be repaired at expense of Contractor doing damage. If responsible party cannot be found, cost will be equally pro-rated among Contractors working in building at time damage occurred. 10.2.7 Add the following: Storage area on the premises will be apportioned among the various Contractors as needs dictate with due regard for storage requirements of each Contractor. Each Contractor shall be responsible for safety of their materials which are stored on premises. 220025.00 00 73 00 - 9 General Conditions (Supplementary) © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. ARTICLE 11 – INSURANCE AND BONDS 11.1.1 Supplemented as follows: See Document 00 73 10 for Contractor’s Insurance Requirements, (Exhibit A). Add the following to Article 11: 11.6 Performance Bond and Payment Bond 11.6.1 Every Contractor for work under this Project shall furnish surety company bond in an amount not less than full amount of this Contact as security for faithful performance of the Contract, and shall furnish a Payment Bond. Bonds shall continue for 12 months after date of final certificate. Premium for bonds shall be paid by Contractor. Surety Company’s form conforming to requirements of Performance Labor and Material Payment Bond, Wisconsin AIA Document A312/WI for public projects, Latest Edition, may be used subject to Owner’s approval. Owner will not dictate name of bonding company, but reserves the right to approve or disapprove company selected by Contractor. ARTICLE 14 – TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14.4.2 Delete entirely and substitute the following: In the case of termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Owner shall pay the Contractor only for Work properly executed up to the receipt of notice from Owner of such termination. Owner shall not be responsible for Contractor’s overhead and profit on work not executed. END OF DOCUMENT THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Architecture | Engineering | Interiors | Planning | Landscape Architecture zastudios.com info@zastudios.com 2122 West Mt. Vernon Ave, Milwaukee, WI, 53233 PART 3 – SPECIAL PROVISIONS Attachment 2 Supplementary General Requirements 10/04/2023 City of Janesville Woodman’s Sports & Convention Center (WSCC) 2500 Milton Avenue Janesville, Wisconsin 53545 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 01 11 00 -1 Summary of Work © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF WORK GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Project description 2. Work sequence 3. Contractor’s use of site and premises 4. Owner furnished products 1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION A. Work of this Project includes furnishing all the labor, materials, equipment, and doing all the work necessary for the demolition of an existing 58,000 square foot abandoned store and construction of a new approximately 112,000 square foot sport and convention center. Exterior work will include, but is not limited to, landscaping, storm/sanitary sewer modifications, paving, and exterior lighting improvements. 1. General Construction: As defined in the Drawing Scope along with Divisions 2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11, 12, 14 and 31 Specification Sections. 2. Fire Protection Work: As defined in the Drawing Scope and Division 21 Specification Sections. 3. Plumbing Work: As defined in the Drawing Scope and Division 22 Specification Sections. 4. HVAC Work: As defined in the Drawing Scope and Division 23 Specification Sections. 5. Electrical Work: As defined in the Drawing Scope and Division 26 Specification Sections. 6. Communications Work: As defined in the Drawing Scope and Division 27 Specification Sections. 7. Safety and Security Work: As defined in the Drawing Scope and Division 28 Specification Sections. 8. Civil, Site and Landscaping Work: As defined in the Drawing Scope along with City of Janesville Standard Specifications, and Divisions 31,32 and 33 Specification Sections. 9. Special Construction: Ice Rink Arena Construction as defined in the Drawing Scope along with Division 13. 10. NOTE: All work shall adhere to all applicable State of Wisconsin and Federal code requirements and standards. The Contractor shall also adhere to requirements and standards as defined in the City of Janesville Standard Specifications, which includes General and Special Provisions with Attachments, along with Technical Specifications as noted above. B. The Project will be constructed under a single prime contract. 1.3 WORK SEQUENCE A. Coordinate and relay construction schedule and operations updates to the Owner and Architect as per General and Special Provisions. 1.4 CONTRACTOR’S USE OF SITE AND PREMISES A. Limit use of site and premises to allow for: 1. Work by separate contractors. 2. Work by Owner. 3. Owner occupancy. 4. Use of site and adjacent premises by the public. B. Move any stored products under Contractor’s control that interfere with the operations of the Owner or separate contractors. 220025.00 01 11 00 -2 Summary of Work © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. Assume full responsibility for protection and safekeeping of products under this Contract stored on site. D. Obtain and pay for use of any additional storage or work areas needed for operations. E. Coordinate use of site and premises with the Owner: 1. Employee parking: In designated areas. 2. Access to site and premises: As directed by the Owner. 3. Storage and staging areas: Established at the pre-construction meeting. 4. Transport materials and equipment to and from construction area along routes approved by Owner. F. Confine operations to construction area unless otherwise approved by Owner. G. Prohibit smoking within interior spaces. H. Further requirements are included per the City of Janesville General Provisions, Special Provisions and Drawing Scope. 1.5 OWNER FURNISHED PRODUCTS A. Per the City of Janesville Special Provisions and Drawing Scope. PRODUCTS Not Used EXECUTION Not used END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 23 00 - 1 Alternates © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Documentation of changes to Contract Sum and Contract Time. B. Contract Documents contain pertinent requirements for materials and methods to accomplish work described herein. C. Provide alternate costs for inclusion in Contract Sum if accepted by Owner. D. Related Sections: 1. Owner and Contractor Agreement: Alternates accepted by Owner for incorporation into the Work. 2. Individual specification sections identified. 1.3 PROCEDURES A. Alternates will be exercised at the option of Owner. B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required to complete the work, including changes under each Alternate, when acceptance is designated in Owner and Contractor Agreement. 1.4 DESCRIPTION OF ALTERNATES A. ADD ALTERNATE 1- Construction required for the inclusion of a fourth basketball court in the Project Scope. B. ADD ALTERNATE 2- Construct a new “core and shell” space to the south of the building for a future locker room expansion. This scope will include site work, the construction of concrete footing and foundation systems, exterior walls, roof structure, floor slab and MEP rough-in. C. ADD ALTERNATE 3- Construct (3) three separate locker rooms with coaches’ offices to a previously built “core and shell” space. The locker rooms will include toilet stalls and shower rooms to serve each locker room individually. The construction shall include all floor, wall and ceiling finishes along with accessories. D. ADD ALTERNATE 4- Furnish and install a reverse osmosis system in Mechanical Room 168. Note: Installation of the required plumbing lines for the system shall be included in the Base Bid. E. ADD ALTERNATE 5- Furnish and install backer panel with quick release fastener system for the Multipurpose Arena. Refer to Sheet DB100 for proposed locations. F. DEDUCT ALTERNATE 6- Remove water preheat waste heat recovery system. Work includes removing entire system including tanks, refrigerant piping, equipment pad, and all related work for a fully 220025.00 01 23 00 - 2 Alternates © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. operational system. Water piping and refrigerant piping shall be stubbed out and capped for future connections if the alternate is accepted. PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 25 00 - 1 Substitution Procedures © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 25 00 SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 220025.00 01 25 00 - 2 Substitution Procedures © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. E. Substitutions will not be considered if: 1. They are indicated or implied on Shop Drawings or other submittals without submittal of a substitution request. 2. Approval will require substantial revision of Contract Documents without additional compensation to Architect. F. Submit electronically only in Adobe PDF format. No secondary format deliveries will be accepted. G. Architect will notify Contractor of approval or rejection of each Substitution Request. END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 25 19 - 1 Substitution Request Form © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. DOCUMENT 01 25 19 SUBSTITUTION REQUEST FORM DATE: ________________, ____, 2024 TO: ATTENTION: PROJECT: 1.1 We submit for your consideration the following product as a substitution for the specified product: Section No. Paragraph Specified Product __________ __________ ____________________________________ Proposed Substitution: Reason for Substitution: 1.2 Product Data: Attach complete technical data for both the specified product and the proposed substitution. Include information on changes to Contract Documents that the proposed substitution will require for its proper installation. 1.3 Samples: ___ Attached ___ Will be furnished upon request Does the substitution affect dimensions shown on Drawings? ___ No ___ Yes (explain) Effects of proposed substitution on other Work: Differences between proposed substitution and specified Product: 220025.00 01 25 19 - 2 Substitution Request Form © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. Manufacturer's warranties of the proposed substitution are: ___ Same ___ Different (explain) Maintenance service and spare parts are available for proposed substitution from: Previous installations where proposed substitution may be seen: Project: Project: Owner: Owner: Architect: Architect: Date Installed: Date Installed: Cost savings to be realized by Owner, if proposed substitution is approved: Change to Contract Time, if proposed substitution is approved: ___ No Change ___ Add ________ days ___ Deduct ________ days Submitted by Contractor: Signature Firm Architect Response: Based on the information supplied by the Contractor, the Architect has reviewed the proposed substitution on the basis of design concept of the Work and conformance with information given in Contract Documents. ___ Approved ___ Approved as Noted ___ Rejected Submit Additional Information: By: Date: 220025.00 01 26 00 - 1 Contract Modification Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Supplemental Instructions. 2. Proposal Requests. 3. Contractor proposed changes. 4. Construction Change Directives. 5. Change Orders. 1.3 CHANGE PROCEDURES A. Architect's Supplemental Instructions: 1. Format: AIA Document G710 - Architect's Supplemental Instructions. 2. Architect will advise of minor changes in Work not involving an adjustment to Contract Sum or Contract Time as authorized by the General Provisions, Special Provisions and the Conditions of the Contract. B. Proposal Requests: 1. Architect may issue a Proposal Request that includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplemental or revised Drawings and specifications. 2. Prepare and submit an estimate of any change to the Contract Sum or Contract Time within 7 days after receipt. Include: a. Quantities and unit costs, with total cost or credit to Owner. b. Regarding Contractor’s proposal request, the following cost information is required to be provided for Architect’s evaluation of the proposed changes: 1) Labor 2) Labor Fringes, Insurance and Taxes 3) Materials 4) Supplies 5) Equipment – Owned 6) Equipment – Rented 7) Subcontractors 8) Supervision 9) General Conditions/Field Overhead 10) Insurance 11) Taxes 12) Permits 13) Bonds 3. If change in Contract Time is involved, provide updated Progress Schedule. 4. Do not stop work or initiate changes in response to a Proposal Request. If approved, Architect will prepare and issue a Change Order. 5. Submit to Architect electronically in Adobe PDF format. 220025.00 01 26 00 - 2 Contract Modification Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. Contractor Proposed Changes: 1. Overhead and Profit on Change Orders: The contract language contained within will supplement and take precedence over all other change order pricing contract provisions in the contract documents provided by the Owner, Contractor, and/or Architect/Engineer. It is understood that these contract provisions will govern the pricing and administration of all change order proposals to be submitted by the Contractor and/or the Trade Contractors and/or the Subcontractors and/or all other lower tier sub-subcontractors. a. Change Order Proposals: The Contractor will submit a properly itemized Change Order Proposal covering the additional work and/or the work to be deleted. This proposal will be itemized for the various components of work and segregated by labor, material, and equipment in a detailed format satisfactory to Owner. The Owner will require itemized change orders on all change order proposals from the Contractor, subcontractors, and sub-subcontractors regardless of tier. Details to be submitted will include detailed line item estimates showing detailed materials quantity take-offs, material prices by item and related labor hour pricing information and extensions. Detail to include itemization of labor and materials that was included in the original bid for this work. 2. Labor: Estimated labor costs shall be based on the actual prevailing wage rates identified by the State of Wisconsin Department of Workforce Development, for the individual contractor/sub-contractors that will perform the change order work. Estimated labor hours shall include hours only for those workmen and working foremen directly involved in performing the change order work. Supervision above the level of working foremen (such as general foremen, non-working foremen, superintendent, project manager, etc.) is considered to be included in the Markup Percentages as outlined, unless the supervision is directly attributed to added work scope. Note: No separate allowances for warranty or safety expenses will be allowed as a direct cost of a change order. Costs attributed to warranty expenses and safety expense will be considered to be covered by the Markup Percentages. 3. Labor Burden: Labor burden allowable in change orders shall be defined as employer’s net actual cost of payroll taxes (FICA, Medicare, SUTA, FUTA), and net actual cost to employer for worker’s compensation insurance. 4. Material: Estimated material change order costs shall reflect the Contractor’s actual net actual cost for the purchase of the material needed for the change order work. Price quotations from material suppliers must be itemized with unit prices for each specific item to be purchased. “Lot pricing” quotations will not be considered sufficient substantiating detail. 5. Equipment: Allowable change order costs may include appropriate amounts for rental of major equipment specifically needed to perform the change order work. Fuel necessary to operate the equipment will be considered as a separate direct cost associated with the change order work. 6. Maximum markup Percentage Allowable on Work: a. Where additional work is performed by the Contractor’s own forces, the percentage shall be seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the cost of the work for overhead and or profit. b. Where deductive work is performed by the Contractor’s own forces, the percentage shall be seven and one-half percent (7.5%) of the cost of the work for overhead and or profit. c. Where additional work is performed by a subcontractor, the percentage due to the subcontractor 7.5% plus the General contractor’s mark-up 7.5% totaling fifteen percent (15%) of the cost of the work for overhead and/or profit. d. Where deductive work is performed by a subcontractor, the percentage due to the subcontractor 7.5% plus the General contractor’s mark-up 7.5% totaling fifteen percent (15%) of the cost of the work for overhead and/or profit. 7. No Markup on Bonds and Liability Insurance Costs: Change Order cost adjustments due increases or decreases in bond or insurance costs (if applicable) shall not be subject to any Markup Percentage Fee. 220025.00 01 26 00 - 3 Contract Modification Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 8. Direct and Indirect Costs Covered by Markup Percentages: As a further clarification, the agreed upon Markup Percentage Fee is intended to cover the Contractor’s profit and all indirect costs associated with the change order work. Items intended to be covered by the Markup Percentage Fee include, but are not limited to: home office expenses, branch office and field office overhead expense of any kind; project management; superintendents, general foremen; non-working foremen, estimating, and engineering; coordinating; expediting; purchasing; detailing; legal, accounting, data processing, or other administrative expenses; shop drawings; permits; auto insurance and umbrella insurance; vehicle costs; and warranty expense costs. The cost for the use of small tools is also to be considered covered by the Markup Percentage Fee. Small tools shall be defined as tools and equipment (power or non-power) that can be manually lifted. 9. Deduct Change Orders and Net Deduct Changes: The application of the markup percentages referenced in the preceding paragraphs 6 will apply to both additive and deductive change orders. In those instances where a change involves both additive and deductive work, the additions and deductions will be netted and the markup percentage adjustments will be applied to the net amount. 10. Liability Insurance and Bonds: In the event the Contractor has been required to furnish comprehensive general liability insurance and/or performance and/or payment bonds as part of the base contract price, a final contract change order will be processed to account for the Contractor’s net increase or decrease in comprehensive general liability insurance costs and/or bond premium costs associated with change orders to Contractor’s base contract price. D. Construction Change Directive: 1. Architect may issue a directive, signed by Owner, instructing Contractor to proceed with a change for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. 2. Documentation will describe changes in Work and designate method of determining any change to Contract Sum or Contract Time. Promptly execute change. E. Change Orders: 1. Format: AIA Document G701 - Change Order. 2. Execution: Architect will issue Change Orders for signature of parties as provided in Conditions of the Contract. Submit electronically in Adobe PDF format. 3. Submit electronically in Adobe PDF format. PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 01 26 13 -1 Requests For Information © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 26 13 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Requests for Information (RFI’s). B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. 2. Section 01 26 00 - Contract Modification Procedures. 3. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures. 4. Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. 1.3 GENERAL A. Request for Information (RFI): Request from Contractor seeking interpretation or clarification of Contract Documents not involving Substitutions or changes to Contract Sum or Contract Time. B. RFI’s constitute a request for information only. C. Do not submit RFI’s: 1. To request approval of Substitutions. Reference Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures. 2. To request changes known to include changes to Contract Sum or Contract Time. Reference Section 01 26 00 - Contract Modification Procedures. 3. To request approval of submittals; Reference Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures. 4. To submit Project Record Documents; Reference Section 01 77 00 – Project Closeout. 1.4 SUBMITTAL A. Submit RFI’s on Contractor’s standard form. B. Include on each RFI: 1. Name of Contractor. 2. Project name. 3. Date submitted. 4. Sequential RFI number. 5. Applicable Drawing sheet and detail numbers or Specification Section numbers. 6. Date when response information is required to avoid impact on Construction Schedule and Construction Cost. C. Review and sign RFI’s submitted by Subcontractors, Sub-Subcontractors, or Suppliers prior to submittal to Architect. D. Maintain log of RFI’s showing RFI number and current status of each RFI. E. When RFI’s require submittal of drawings, follow submittal procedures specified for Shop Drawings in Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures. 220025.00 01 26 13 -2 Requests For Information © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. F. Submit electronically in Adobe PDF format and transmit to Architect by E-Mail. Should the General Contractor or Construction Manager elect to use construction management software, the General Contractor or Construction Manager shall confirm it is acceptable to the Architect prior utilization of such software for transmitting RFI’s to the Architect. G. RFI's shall not be re-opened, if there is another question pertaining to the original question a new RFI shall be issued. Should the General Contractor or Construction Manager feel it is a necessity to re-open an RFI for extenuating circumstances, the Architect shall be contacted by phone, so the reason can be discussed prior to re-opening. H. The Architect’s or Engineer’s response to an RFI does not constitute a Change Order, provide any cost or schedule impacts. Proceed if there are no cost or schedule impacts to the project. I. Allow a minimum ten (10) business days for Architect’s review and response to each RFI. END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 29 00 - 1 ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 29 00 PAYMENT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Schedule of Values. 2. Applications for Payment. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. 1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES A. General: 1. Submit a Schedule of Values to Architect at least 20 days prior to submitting first Application for Payment. 2. Upon request of Architect, furnish additional data to support values given that will substantiate their correctness. 3. Approved Schedule of Values will be used as basis for reviewing Contractor’s Applications for Payment. B. Form and Content: 1. Format: AIA Document G703 - Continuation Sheet of Application and Certification for Payment. Contractor’s standard electronic media format. 2. Use Table of Contents of Project Manual as basis of format for listing costs of Work. 3. List installed value of component parts of Work in sufficient detail to serve as basis for computing values for progress payments. 4. Include separate line items for: a. Site mobilization. b. Bonds and insurance. c. Contractor’s overhead and profit. 5. For items on which payment will be requested for stored materials, break down value into: a. Cost of materials, delivered and unloaded, with taxes paid. b. Total installed value. 6. For each line item that has a value of more than $25,000.00, break down costs to list major products or operations under each item. 7. Total of costs listed in Schedule shall equal Contract Sum. C. Submit electronically only in Adobe PDF format. D. Review and Resubmittal: 1. After initial review by Architect, revise and resubmit if required. 2. Revise and resubmit along with next Application for Payment when a Change Order is issued. List each Change Order as a new line item. 220025.00 01 29 00 - 2 ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT A. Preparation: 1. Format: AIA Document G702 - Application and Certification for Payment, supported by AIA Document G703 - Continuation Sheet. Contractor’s standard electronic media format. 2. Prepare required information in typewritten format or on electronic media format. 3. Use data from reviewed Schedule of Values. Provide dollar value in each column for each line item representing portion of work performed. 4. List each authorized Change Order as a separate line item, listing Change Order number and dollar value. 5. Prepare Application for Final Payment as specified in Section 01 77 00 – Project Closeout. B. Waivers of Lien: 1. Along with each Application for Payment, submit waivers of lien from Contractor and each Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor included on the current month's Application for Payment. 2. Submit partial waivers on each item for amount requested, prior to deduction of retainage. 3. For completed items, submit full or final waiver. C. Substantiating Data: 1. When Architect requires substantiating information, submit data justifying dollar amounts in question. 2. Provide one copy of data with cover letter showing Application number and date, and line item number and description. D. Submittal: 1. Submit one electronic copy in Adobe PDF format of each Application for Payment. 2. Payment period: Submit at intervals stipulated in Owner/Contractor Agreement. PART 2 - PRODUCTS – NOT USED PART 3 - EXECUTION – NOT USED END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 31 00 -1 Project Management and Coordination © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Project coordination. 2. Coordination drawings. 3. Project meetings. 4. Pre-construction meeting. 5. Progress meetings. 6. Pre-installation meetings. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures. 1.3 PROJECT COORDINATION A. Submit required project submittals electronically only in Adobe PDF format. B. Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and work of various Sections of specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements. C. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with building utilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service such equipment. D. Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical items that are indicated diagrammatically on Drawings. 1. Follow routing shown as closely as practical; place runs parallel with building lines. 2. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs. E. In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within construction. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements. F. Coordinate completion and clean-up of work of separate Sections in preparation for Substantial Completion. G. After Owner occupancy, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents to minimize disruption of Owner's activities. 1.4 COORDINATION DRAWINGS A. Coordination Drawings: 1. Prior to commencement of Work, prepare coordination drawings to define relationship of mechanical, plumbing, fire protection, and electrical components with beams, columns, ceilings and walls. 220025.00 01 31 00 -2 Project Management and Coordination © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 2. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details required to define relationships between components. 3. Prepare drawings at 1/4 inch = 1'-0" scale for general layout and 3/8 inch = 1'-0" for plans and sections in congested areas including equipment spaces. 4. Submit electronically in Adobe PDF format. B. Hold coordination meetings with trades providing structural, mechanical, plumbing, and electrical work. C. Resolve conflicts between trades, prepare composite coordination drawings and obtain signatures on original composite coordination Drawings. D. When conflicts cannot be resolved: 1. Cease work in areas of conflict and request clarification prior to proceeding. 2. Prepare drawings to define and to indicate proposed solution. 3. Submit drawings for approval when actual measurements and analysis of Drawings and Project Manual indicate that various systems cannot be installed without significant deviation from intent of Contract Documents. E. Submit original composite coordination drawings as part of Project Record Documents specified in Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures. 1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS A. Schedule and administer preconstruction conference, progress meetings and pre-installation conferences. B. Make physical arrangements for meetings; notify involved parties at least 4 days in advance. C. Record significant proceedings and decisions at each meeting; reproduce and distribute copies to parties in attendance and others affected by proceedings and decisions made. 1.6 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING A. To be scheduled for a time after the Effective Date of the Contract, but at least 2 weeks before any significant Work takes place at Contractor’s Project field office or at central site convenient to all parties. B. Attendance: 1. Contractor. 2. Owner’s Representative 3. Architect and principal consultants. 4. Major subcontractors and suppliers as Contractor deems appropriate. C. Review and Discuss: 1. Relation and coordination of various parties, and responsible personnel for each party. 2. Contractor’s Schedule of Values as required per General Provisions 1.3.1.8. 3. Use of premises, including office and storage areas, temporary controls, and security procedures including a Work Staging and Site Use Plan as per Special Provisions. 4. Construction schedule and critical work sequencing as required per General Provisions 1.3.2.1 5. Preliminary schedule of Shop Drawing submissions as required per General Provisions 1.3.2.1(b). 6. Processing of: a. Contract modifications. b. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples. c. Applications for Payment. d. Substitutions. e. Requests for Information (RFI’s). f. Other required submittals. 7. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents. 8. Procedures for maintaining contract closeout submittals. 9. Installation and removal of temporary facilities. 10. Notification procedures and extent of testing and inspection services. 220025.00 01 31 00 -3 Project Management and Coordination © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.7 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS MEETINGS A. Schedule bi-weekly OAC progress meetings as required per Added General Provisions Article 1.3.1.9, located in the Special Provisions. 1. Location: Contractor’s Project field office or at a location TBD. 2. Attendance: a. Contractor. b. Owner. c. Architect and consultants as appropriate to agenda. d. Subcontractors and suppliers as appropriate to agenda. e. Others as appropriate to agenda. 3. Review and Discuss: a. Work progress since previous meeting, including: 1) Field observations, deficiencies, conflicts, and problems. 2) Progress and completion date. 3) Corrective measures needed to maintain quality standards, progress, and completion date. b. Status of: 1) Requests for information. 2) Submittals. 3) Contract modifications. c. Coordination between various elements of Work. d. Maintenance of Project Record Documents. e. Further items as required per the Special Provisions. B. Mandatory weekly Contractor/Sub-contractor meetings shall be required as per Special Provisions. 1.8 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. Where required in individual specification Section, convene a pre-installation meeting at project site or other designated location. B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting or affected by work of the specific Section. C. Review conditions of installation, preparation and installation procedures, and coordination with related work. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 01 32 16 -1 Construction Progress Schedules © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 32 16 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Schedule Format. 2. Schedule Content. 3. Schedule Submittal. 4. Schedule Distribution. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 11 00 - Summary of Work: Work sequence. 2. Section 01 29 00 - Payment Procedures. 1.3 SCHEDULE FORMAT A. Prepare Progress Schedule as a horizontal bar chart with separate bar for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. B. Sequence of Listings: The chronological order of the start of each item of Work. C. Scale and Spacing: To provide space for notations and revisions. D. Submit Progress Schedule electronically to Architect only in Adobe PDF. 1.4 SCHEDULE CONTENT A. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, with dates for beginning and completion of each element of construction. B. Identify each item by specification Section number. C. Identify work of logically grouped activities. D. Provide sub-schedules for each phase of Work identified in Section 01 11 00 – Summary of Work. E. Provide sub-schedules to define critical portions of the entire Progress Schedule. F. Show accumulated percentage of completion of each item, and total percentage of Work completed, as of the first day of each month. G. Provide separate schedule of submittal dates for Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, including: 1. Dates reviewed submittals will be required from Architect. 2. Decision dates for selection of finishes. 220025.00 01 32 16 -2 Construction Progress Schedules © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3. Delivery dates for Products identified under Allowance. H. Coordinate content with Schedule of Values specified in Section 01 29 00 – Payment Procedures. I. Revisions: 1. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. 2. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. J. Provide narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Progress Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect. 1.5 SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL A. Submit initial Progress Schedule within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed. After review, resubmit required revised data within 10 days. B. Submit revised Progress Schedule with each Application for Payment. C. Submit electronically in Adobe PDF format. 1.6 SCHEDULE DISTRIBUTION A. Distribute copies of approved Progress Schedule to project site file, Subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties. B. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in Progress Schedule. END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 33 00 -1 Submittal Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Submittal procedures. 2. Product data. 3. Shop drawings. 4. Samples. 5. Design data. 6. Test reports. 7. Certificates. 8. Manufacturer's instructions. 9. Manufacturer's field reports. 10. Construction progress schedules. 11. Proposed products list. 12. Erection drawings. 13. Construction photographs. 1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES A. All submittals shall be sent in Adobe PDF format. B. All required submittal documents shall be transmitted by E-Mail. Should the General Contractor or Construction Manager elect to use construction management software, the General Contractor or Construction Manager shall confirm it is acceptable to the Architect prior to the utilization of such software for transmitting submittals for review. Additionally, if construction management software is utilized any preset submittal responses used by the construction management software, shall match the reviewer’s stamped response. Accepted review responses are as follows; No Exceptions Taken, Conforms with Design, Note Markings, Note Markings & Resubmit, Note Markings & Confirm, Rejected & Resubmit, Comments Attached, Comments Attached & Confirm, Not Reviewed, and any other response deemed necessary by the Architect or Engineer. C. Shop drawings shall be submitted electronically in one PDF format file. File name shall contain specification number and product name. D. Submittals shall be made to the Architect. E. Each submittal shall include a cover sheet with the following information. 1. Submittal Date 2. Specification Section(s) 3. Manufacturer's Representative (Contact Name, address, and telephone number) 4. Contractor (Contact Name, address, and telephone number) 5. Project Name, Project City, Project State, and Project Address. 6. Location where specific product is to be used 220025.00 01 33 00 -2 Submittal Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. F. Drawings shall bear the stamp of approval of the Contractor as evidence that the drawings have been checked by the Contractor. Any drawings submitted without this stamp of approval will not be considered and will be returned to the Contractor for resubmission. G. Submittals must be 100% complete per requirements of each entire corresponding specification section and in one (1) package. Non-complete submittals will be returned to the contractor without comment and stamped “rejected-resubmit”. Contractors who knowingly want to submit non-complete submittals or break single system submittals into multiple submittals will be responsible to arrange with Architect, prior to submitting the submittal(s), and to compensate Architect for the extra work involved. H. Contractor shall allow Ten (10) business days in schedule for A/E to review submittals. If submittals require an expedited review process, contact Architect prior to submitting the submittal(s) to make the appropriate arrangement. I. Submittals requiring resubmission shall have changes made to a previously reviewed submittals denoted with revision clouds and tags identifying those changes. J. Mechanical and Electrical Contractors shall include the following: 1. Equipment List: a. A complete equipment list of all components, including the following: Quantity, Manufacturer, Part Number, and Description. b. If the supplier uses different part numbers from those of the actual manufacturer, the actual manufacturer and part numbers as they appear - marked on the shipping box/packages, shall also be identified on this list. 2. Product Data: a. Manufacturer's product data sheets, and equipment description of all system components. b. Data sheets shall be highlighted or suitably marked, so that included items and options are indicated. c. On data sheets that include multiple products, products that are not used shall be crossed out. Product Data Sheets shall be organized, in order, corresponding to the FIRST occurrence of the corresponding item on the equipment list. 1.4 PRODUCT DATA A. Product Data: Submit to Architect for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. B. Mark each copy to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers' standard data to provide information specific to this Project. C. Indicate product utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. 1.5 SHOP DRAWINGS A. Shop Drawings: Submit to Architect for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. B. Indicate special utility and electrical characteristics, utility connection requirements, and location of utility outlets for service for functional equipment and appliances. C. When required by individual specification sections, provide shop drawings signed and sealed by professional Engineer responsible for designing components shown on shop drawings. 1. Include signed and sealed calculations to support design. 2. Submit drawings and calculations in form suitable for submission to and approval by authorities having jurisdiction. 3. Make revisions and provide additional information when required by authorities having jurisdiction. 220025.00 01 33 00 -3 Submittal Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Submit number of copies described in Submittal Procedures article. E. Structural and Architectural plans show dimensions and elevations to significant working points. Shop drawing detailers and suppliers are responsible for the determination of all dimensions, pitches, elevations, etc., beyond those noted as necessary to thoroughly detail / fabricate their work. Contact A/E with any discrepancies found. F. In no case shall changes be made to work shown or procedure specified on structural plans unless first approved in writing by A/E. Review of shop drawings by A/E does not constitute acceptance of a design change. Proposed changes by contractor must be submitted in RFI format and must be approved in the same manner. Contractor requesting change may be billed on a time and expense basis by A/E for all redesign work, for all new sketches prepared, and for all additional review time related to the changes. G. Failure to submit shop drawings shall not relieve the contractor from providing the specified equipment and materials. 1.6 SAMPLES A. Samples: Submit to Architect for review for limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. B. Submit number of samples specified in individual specification sections; Architect will retain one sample. C. Samples for Selection as Specified in Product Sections: 1. Submit to Architect for aesthetic, color, or finish selection. 2. Submit samples of finishes from full range of manufacturers' available colors, in available textures and patterns for Architect selection. 3. When custom color is specified, submit actual sample of custom color for Architect approval. D. Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of Products with integral parts and attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing work. E. Include identification on each sample with full Project information. F. Reviewed samples which may be used in the Work are indicated in individual specification sections. G. Samples will not be used for testing purposes unless specifically stated in specification section. H. After review, produce duplicates and distribute in accordance with SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES article and for record documents purposes described in Section 01 70 00 – Project Closeout. 1.7 DESIGN DATA A. Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. 1.8 TEST REPORTS A. Submit for Architect's knowledge. B. Submit test reports for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 220025.00 01 33 00 -4 Submittal Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.9 CERTIFICATES A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit certification by manufacturer, installation/application subcontractor, or Contractor to Architect. B. Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Architect. 1.10 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, submit printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, startup, adjusting, and finishing to Architect for delivery to Owner. B. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. 1.11 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD REPORTS A. Submit reports for Architect's knowledge as Contract Administrator or for Owner. B. Submit report within 72 hours of observation to Architect for information. C. Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. 1.12 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULES A. Submit initial schedules within 15 days after date established in Notice to Proceed. After review, resubmit required revised data within 10 days. B. Submit revised Progress Schedules with each Progress Meeting or Application for Payment, but not less than monthly. C. Distribute copies of reviewed schedules to Project site file, subcontractors, suppliers, and other concerned parties. D. Instruct recipients to promptly report, in writing, problems anticipated by projections indicated in schedules. E. Submit computer generated chart with separate line for each major portion of Work or operation, identifying first work day of each week. F. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate stages and other logically grouped activities. Indicate early and late start, early and late finish, float dates, and duration. G. Indicate estimated percentage of completion for each item of Work at each submission. H. Submit separate schedule of submittal dates for shop drawings, product data, and samples. Indicate dates reviewed submittals will be required from Architect. Indicate decision dates for selection of finishes. 220025.00 01 33 00 -5 Submittal Procedures ©Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. I. Indicate delivery dates for Owner furnished products and products identified under Allowances if required. J. Revisions to Schedules: 1. Indicate progress of each activity to date of submittal, and projected completion date of each activity. 2. Identify activities modified since previous submittal, major changes in scope, and other identifiable changes. 3. Prepare narrative report to define problem areas, anticipated delays, and impact on Schedule. Report corrective action taken, or proposed, and its effect, including effect of changes on schedules of separate contractors. 1.13 PROPOSED PRODUCTS LIST A. Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit list of major products proposed for use, with name of manufacturer, trade name, and model number of each product. B. For products specified only by reference standards, give manufacturer, trade name, model or catalog designation, and reference standards. 1.14 ERECTION DRAWINGS A. Submit drawings for Architect's knowledge. B. Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents. C. Data indicating inappropriate or unacceptable Work may be subject to action by Architect. 1.15 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS A. Provide photographs of site and construction throughout exterior progress of Work produced by an experienced photographer, acceptable to Architect. B. Submit photographs monthly or to show milestones of Work. C. Take three photographs from differing directions for section of work indicating relative progress of the Work, three days maximum prior to submitting. D. Take photographs as evidence of existing project conditions. E. Identify each print on front. Identify name of Project, contract number, phase orientation of view, date and time of view, name and address of photographer, and photographer's numbered identification of exposure. F. Deliver digital images in RAW and compressed format to Owner with project record documents. Catalog and index files in chronological sequence; include typed table of contents. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 01 40 00 -1 Quality Requirements © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 40 00 QUALITY REQUIREMENTS GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. References. 2. Quality assurance and control of installation. 3. Mockups. 4. Manufacturer's field services and reports. 5. Design data and calculations. 6. Test reports and certifications. 7. Manufacturer's installation instructions. 1.3 REFERENCES A. For products or workmanship specified by reference to association, trade, or industry standards, comply with requirements of the standard, except when more rigid requirements are specified or are required by applicable codes. B. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. C. Conform to edition of reference standard in effect as of date of Project Manual. D. The contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the Contract Documents by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE AND CONTROL OF INSTALLATION A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality. B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence. C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from Architect before proceeding. D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship. E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality. F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement. 220025.00 01 40 00 -2 Quality Requirements © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.5 MOCKUPS A. Definition: 1. Mockups are field samples constructed, applied, or assembled at the project site for review by the Owner and Architect that illustrate materials, equipment, or workmanship. 2. Approved mockups establish the standard of quality by which the Work will be judged. B. Construct, apply, or assemble specified items, with related attachment and anchorage devices, flashings, seals, and finishes. C. Perform work in accordance with applicable specifications sections. D. Erect at project site at location acceptable to Architect. Protect from damage. E. Removal: 1. Mockups may remain as part of the Work only when so designated in individual specification sections. 2. Do not remove mockups until removal is approved by Architect or upon Final Completion. 3. Where mockup is not permitted to remain as part of the Work, clear area after removal of mockup has been approved by Architect. 1.6 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces and installation, quality of workmanship, or startup of equipment, as applicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary. B. Individuals to report observations and site decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers that are supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions. C. Submit report to Architect within 10 days of observation. 1.7 DESIGN DATA AND CALCULATIONS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide design data and calculations. B. Accuracy of design data and calculations is the responsibility of the Contractor. C. When so specified, prepare design data and calculations under the direction of a professional engineer licensed in the state in which the Project is located. Affix engineer’s seal to submittals. D. Submit electronically in Adobe PDF format. 1.8 TEST REPORTS AND CERTIFICATIONS A. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers or manufacturers to provide test reports and manufacturers’ certifications. B. Indicate that material or Product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference data, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate. C. Submittals may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable to Architect. D. Submit electronically in Adobe PDF format. 220025.00 01 40 00 -3 Quality Requirements © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.9 MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS A. When Contract Documents require that Products be installed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions: 1. Submit manufacturer's most recent printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, as applicable. a. Submit in quantities specified for Product Data. b. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation. c. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Perform installation of Products to comply with requirements of manufacturer's instructions. 3. If installation cannot be performed in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, notify Architect and await instructions. 4. Submit electronically in Adobe PDF format. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 01 45 23 - 1 Testing and Inspection Services © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 45 23 TESTING AND INSPECTION SERVICES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Laboratory selection and payment. 2. Laboratory duties. 3. Contractor’s responsibilities. B. Related Sections: 1. Individual specifications sections contain specific tests and inspections to be performed. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM International (ASTM): 1. ASTM C1077 - Standard Practice for Laboratories Testing Concrete and Concrete Aggregates for Use in Construction and Criteria for Laboratory Evaluation. 2. ASTM D3666 - Standard Specification for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Testing and Inspecting Road and Paving Materials. 3. ASTM D3740 - Standard Practice for Minimum Requirements for Agencies Engaged in the Testing and/or Inspection of Soil and Rock as Used in Engineering Design and Construction. 4. ASTM E329 - Standard Specification for Agencies Engaged in Construction Inspection and/or Testing. 5. ASTM E543 - Standard Specification for Agencies Performing Nondestructive Testing. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. B. Contractor shall employ and pay for services of an independent testing laboratory to perform specified testing and inspection. C. Employment of Testing Laboratory shall in no way relieve Contractor of their obligations to perform work in accordance with Contract Documents. D. Refer to the Conditions of the Contract for provisions related to special inspections and testing. E. Qualifications of Laboratory: 1. Meet requirements of ASTM C1077, ASTM D3666, ASTM D3740. ASTM E329 and ASTM E543. 2. Authorized and licensed to operate in the State of Wisconsin. 220025.00 01 45 23 - 2 Testing and Inspection Services © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.5 LABORATORY DUTIES A. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor. and provide qualified personnel after due notice. B. Perform specified inspections, sampling, and testing of materials and methods of construction: 1. Comply with specified standards. 2. Ascertain compliance or noncompliance of materials with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Promptly notify Architect and Contractor of observed irregularities or deficiencies of Work or products. D. Promptly submit written report of each test and inspection; submit one copies electronically in Adobe PDF format. E. Each report to include: 1. Date issued. 2. Project title and number. 3. Testing Laboratory name, address, and telephone number. 4. Name of Inspector and signature of individual in charge. 5. Date and time of sampling or inspection. 6. Record of temperature and weather conditions. 7. Date of test. 8. Identification of product and specification section. 9. Location of sample or test in project. 10. Type of inspection or test. 11. Results of tests and compliance or noncompliance with Contract Documents. 12. Interpretation of test results when requested by Architect or Contractor. F. Perform additional tests when required by Architect. G. Laboratory is not authorized to: 1. Release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents. 2. Approve or accept any portion of work. 3. Perform any duties of Contractor. 1.6 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES A. Cooperate with personnel, provide access to Work, and to manufacturer's operations. B. When materials require testing prior to being incorporated into Work, secure and deliver to Laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed to be used. C. Furnish copies of product test reports as required. D. Furnish incidental labor and facilities: 1. To provide access to work to be tested. 2. To obtain and handle samples at site or at source of product to be tested. 3. To facilitate inspections and tests. 4. For safe storage and curing of test samples. E. Notify Laboratory sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for Laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests. F. Make arrangements with Laboratory and pay for additional samples and tests required for Contractor’s convenience END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 50 00 -1 Temporary Facilites © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Scope 2. Temporary Enclosures 3. Temporary Field Offices 4. Temporary Stairs, Ladders, Ramps, Runways, Scaffolds 5. Temporary Hoist 6. Signs 7. Temporary Sanitary Facilities 8. Cold Weather Protection 9. Temporary Heat 10. Temporary Roof Protection 11. Progress Cleaning 1.3 TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES A. Contractor shall provide temporary weathertight enclosures for all exterior openings as soon as walls and roof are built so as to protect work from weather. Windows and other openings shall be closed with approved translucent material. 1.4 TEMPORARY FIELD OFFICES A. Contractors shall provide offices for their own use located as agreed upon between various Contractors and as approved by Architect. B. When directed, move offices into suitable area in building. C. Sheds for storage of materials that may be damaged by weather shall be provided and maintained by Contractor. Sheds shall have raised wood floors. 1.5 TEMPORARY STAIRS, LADDERS, RAMPS, RUNWAYS, SCAFFOLDS A. Contractor shall: 1. Provide and maintain temporary stairs, ramps, chutes, runways, etc. as required for proper execution of work by all trades. 2. Erect permanent stair framing as soon as possible. Provide stairs with temporary treads, handrails and shaft protection. 3. Provide exterior and interior scaffolding for and during construction of exterior masonry walls, and allow other Contractors and Sub Contractors to use scaffolds so provided without cost. Sub Contractor and others shall provide their own plank. 220025.00 01 50 00 -2 Temporary Facilites © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. Contractors and Sub Contractors requiring scaffolds other than specified shall provide their own and remove on completion of work. C. Underlay interior scaffolds with planking to prevent uprights from resting directly on slab. D. If any scaffolding or forms collapse during construction, the Contractors are responsible. 1.6 TEMPORARY HOIST A. Contractor shall install and maintain hoists as required for proper execution of the general construction work. Build in accordance with local and state requirements. B. Do not construct hoists so they will interfere with or affect construction. Locate sufficient distance from exterior walls. C. Provide protection to prevent damage, staining and marring of permanent work. D. Contractor shall grant all other Contractors and Sub-Contractors use of elevators or hoists at reasonable rates and under reasonable conditions. E. Other Contractors and Sub-Contractors shall pay Contractor for use of same hourly rates posted at start of construction. 1.7 SIGNS A. Contractor shall erect one (1) painted sign as approved by Owner, giving following information: 1. Name of Project and Owner 2. Name of Architect 3. Names of General, Plumbing, HVAC and Electrical Contractors B. Sign shall be not less than 8’-0” wide x 4’-0” high supported by two (2) 4” x 4” posts with 2” x 4” frame. 1.8 TEMPORARY SANITARY FACILITIES A. Contractor shall provide and maintain sanitary, temporary chemical type toilets in sufficient number required for the force employed. Toilets shall be self-contained chemical type. Locate where directed. 1.9 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION A. Cold Weather Protection: 1. Definition: All covering, heating or both required to protect building from injury due to freezing during construction period prior to enclosure of building. 2. All covering, heating units and fuel required to provide cold weather protection will be provided by and paid for by the Contractor. 3. Requirements for Cold Weather Protection for the project are specified in the specific technical specifications that are effected by cold weather conditions. 1.10 TEMPORARY HEAT A. Temporary heating will be provided by Contractor: 1. Temporary heat shall be provided, when required, in all areas and spaces as are roofed and have all exterior openings suitably enclosed. 2. Building will be considered enclosed when it is roofed and has such protection at doorways, windows and other openings as will provide reasonable heat retention. 220025.00 01 50 00 -3 Temporary Facilites © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3. Provide temporary closures for windows, doors and all temporary openings. Supervise effectiveness of all closures and see that every precaution is taken to prevent escape of heat. 4. Temporary heat shall be provided until permanent heating plant and distribution system is ready for operation and construction operations which produce particulates which may contaminate ductwork have been completed. Refer to Division 23. 5. Contractor shall pay the cost of all fuel for temporary heat. 6. Contractor shall provide, install and maintain temporary units of type, size and number required to maintain temperatures specified, complete with all electrical connections. 7. Equipment approved for permanent installation may be used for temporary heating provided that any components so used shall be left clean with worn and damaged parts replaced and nonpermanent filters renewed and provided that such use shall not shorten guarantee period. 8. Temperatures: Except as otherwise specified, a minimum temperature of 45 degrees F. for building shall be maintained. Ten (10) days prior to and during placing of interior woodwork and other finish work and during all varnishing, painting, etc. (and until substantial completion) provide sufficient heat to insure minimum temperature of not less than 68 degrees F. 9. Operation: Supervise and be responsible for operation of temporary heating system as required by weather and building conditions during regular working hours. Supervision shall also include checking operation at 11 A.M. and 11 P.M. Saturdays, Sundays and holidays. Be responsible for maintenance of heating system during period of construction and do any emergency repair work required during temporary operation. 1.11 TEMPORARY ROOF PROTECTION A. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to coordinate and supervise all roof traffic by construction workers after the installation of roofing has been completed. B. If excessive roof traffic is required by other trades, the Contractor will provide suitable rooftop protection for those trades, in the form of approved roof walkways. C. The Contractor shall be held responsible for bearing the expense of roofing repairs required due to unprotected areas being damaged by construction workers. 1.12 PROGRESS CLEANING A. Maintain areas free from waste materials, debris, and rubbish. Maintain site in clean and orderly condition. B. Provide containers for collection of waste materials, debris, and rubbish; remove and dispose of offsite as required by construction activities. C. Periodically clean interior areas to provide suitable conditions for finish work END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 01 56 39 -1 Protection of Existing Trees © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 56 39 PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes: 1. Protect existing trees not designated for removal. 2. Protect and irrigate trees which are to remain during removal of adjacent trees, site work and construction. 1.3 GUARANTEE A. If a tree which is to remain is destroyed or damaged so that, in the judgment of the Landscape Architect, it needs to be replaced, it shall be removed at Contractor's expense. B. Damages will be assessed at the rate of Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) per inch of circumference at 12 inches above grade for trees with a diameter of 8 inches or less and at C. D.B.H. (Diameter at Breast Height) for diameters greater than 8 inches. Monies shall be paid to the Owner PRODUCTS 2.1 TREE PROTECTION MATERIALS A. Barricade: Utility type fencing, 6 feet high, as approved by Landscape Architect. B. Posts: Metal or wood, sufficient to hold fabric plumb and taut, as approved by Architect. C. Anti-desiccant: Manufactured for use on plants. Provide evidence that material can be used on specified trees. Do not use anti-desiccant without approval of Landscape Architect. EXECUTION 3.1 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS A. Protect existing trees from damage or injury. B. Permit no traffic, storage, disposal, fires or stockpiling within dripline. C. Prevent puddling or continuous running water within dripline. 220025.00 01 56 39 -2 Protection of Existing Trees © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Earth surface within dripline shall not be changed. Existing mulch layer under trees shall remain. E. Exercise extreme care in removing concrete or asphalt within dripline. Paving pieces shall be lifted rather than dragged. Protect surface roots immediately with 4-inch thick layer of chipped mulch. F. At start of construction, irrigate trees by means of subsurface pressure injection. Soil within dripline shall be moist to 18 inch depth. G. Work within dripline shall be as directed by Architect. Trenching, grading or excavation within dripline shall be done by hand. Pipes shall be jacked or bored. Protect exposed roots with wet burlap. H. Clearly mark trees to remain with different colored removable flags. 3.2 BARRICADES A. Install barricades around trees to remain. B. Locate fence at dripline of tree unless otherwise directed by Architect. C. Locate roots before setting posts. Prevent damage to roots. D. Space posts approximately 4 feet apart and securely attach fabric. E. Barricade shall be plumb, taut and sturdy. F. Repair sagging or damaged barricades immediately. Remove barricades upon completion of work. 3.3 PRUNING A. Prune only as directed by the Landscape Architect. END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 56 39 -1 Product Requirements © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 60 00 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes: 1. Products. 2. Transportation and handling. 3. Storage and protection. 4. Reuse of existing materials. 5. Product options. B. Related Sections: 1. Section 01 25 00 - Substitution Procedures. 1.3 PRODUCTS A. Provide interchangeable components by the same manufacturer for identical items. B. Do not use products containing asbestos or other known hazardous materials. C. Do not reuse materials and equipment removed from existing construction in completed Work, except as specifically permitted by the Contract Documents. 1.4 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. Coordinate delivery of Products to prevent conflict with Work and adverse conditions at site. B. Transport and handle Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. C. Promptly inspect shipments to ensure that Products comply with requirements of Contract Documents, are undamaged, and quantities are correct. D. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products by methods to prevent damage. 1.5 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. Store and protect Products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions with manufacturer's seals and labels intact and legible. B. Store Products on site unless prior written approval to store off site has been obtained from Owner. C. Store Products subject to damage by elements in weathertight enclosures. Maintain temperature and humidity within ranges required by manufacturer's instructions. 220025.00 01 56 39 -2 Product Requirements © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Exterior Storage: 1. Store fabricated Products above ground; prevent soiling and staining. 2. Cover products subject to deterioration with impervious sheet coverings; provide ventilation to prevent condensation. 3. Store loose granular materials in well drained area on solid surfaces; prevent mixing with foreign matter. E. Arrange storage areas to permit access for inspection. Periodically inspect stored products to verify that products are undamaged and in acceptable condition. 1.6 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. Products specified by reference standard only: 1. Select any Product meeting the specified standard. 2. Submit Product Data to substantiate compliance of proposed Product with specified requirements. B. Products specified by naming two or more acceptable Products: Select any named Product. C. Products specified by stating that the Contract Documents are based on a Product by a single manufacturer followed by the statement "Equivalent products by the following manufacturers are acceptable": 1. Select the specified Product or a Product by a named manufacturer having equivalent or superior characteristics to the specified Product and meeting the requirements of the Contract Documents. 2. If the specified Product is not selected, submit Product Data to substantiate compliance of proposed Product with specified requirements. 3. The specified Product establishes the required standard of quality. D. Products specified by naming one or more Products followed by "or approved substitute" or similar statement: 1. Submit a substitution request under provisions of Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures for Products not listed. 2. The specified Product establishes the required standard of quality. E. Products specified by naming one or more Products or manufacturers followed by the statement "Substitutions: Under provisions of Division 01 – General Requirements: 1. Submit a substitution request under provisions of Section 01 25 00 – Substitution Procedures for Products not listed. 2. The specified Product establishes the required standard of quality. F. Products specified by naming one Product followed by the statement "Substitutions: Not permitted": Substitutions will not be allowed. G. Products specified by required performance or attributes, without naming a manufacturer or Product: 1. Select any Product meeting specified requirements. 2. Submit Product Data to substantiate compliance of proposed Product with specified requirements. END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 73 00 - 1 Execution © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 73 00 EXECUTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Installation of the Work. 3. Progress cleaning. 4. Starting and adjusting. 5. Protection of installed construction. 1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: 1. Obtain and maintain on-site manufacturer's written recommendations and instructions for installation of products and equipment. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections. 1. For projects requiring compliance and construction practices and procedures, use products for patching that comply with sustainable design requirements. B. In-Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in-place materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match in-place adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when installed, will provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional performance of in-place materials. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: 1. Before proceeding with each component of the Work, examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. a. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of connections before equipment and fixture installation. b. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be installed. 220025.00 01 73 00 - 2 Execution © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. c. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. B. Written Report: 1. Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is required by other Sections, include the following: a. Description of the Work. b. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates. c. List of unacceptable installation tolerances. d. Recommended corrections. C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions. 3.2 PREPARATION A. Field Measurements: 1. Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work. B. Space Requirements: 1. Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings. C. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: 1. Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing field conditions outside the control of Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination. 3.3 INSTALLATION A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated. 4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 96 inches in occupied spaces and 90 inches unoccupied spaces. B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated. C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion. D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy. E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items on site and placement in permanent locations. F. Tools and Equipment: Where possible, select tools or equipment that minimize production of excessive noise levels. 220025.00 01 73 00 - 3 Execution © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other portions of the Work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements. H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. Where size and type of attachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for load conditions. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction. 3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation. I. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. J. Repair or remove and replace damaged, defective, or nonconforming Work. 1. Comply with Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures for repairing or removing and replacing defective Work. 3.4 PROGRESS CLEANING A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris. 2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F . 3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored. 4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are working concurrently. B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris. C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate. D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces. E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space. F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. G. Waste Disposal: Do not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 220025.00 01 73 00 - 4 Execution © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion. I. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to ensure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period. 3.5 STARTING AND ADJUSTING A. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units, replace with new units, and retest. B. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. C. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment. D. Manufacturer's Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 01 40 00 - Quality Requirements. 3.6 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion. B. Protection of Existing Items: Provide protection and ensure that existing items to remain undisturbed by construction are maintained in condition that existed at commencement of the Work. C. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity. END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 73 29 - 1 Cutting and Patching © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 73 29 CUTTING AND PATCHING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes cutting and patching of Work required to, but not limited to, the following: 1. Make several parts fit properly. 2. Uncover work to provide for installation of ill-timed work. 3. Remove and replace defective work. 4. Remove and replace work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents. 5. Provide routine penetrations of nonstructural surfaces for installation of piping and electrical conduit. 1.3 REQUIREMENTS FOR STRUCTURAL WORK A. Structural Work shall not be cut and patched in a manner that results in a reduction of load-carrying capacity or load/deflection ratio. 1.4 OPERATIONAL AND SAFETY LIMITATIONS A. The Contractor shall not cut and patch operational elements and safety-related components in a manner resulting in a reduction of capacities to perform in the manner intended or resulting in decreased operational life, increased maintenance or decreased safety. 1.5 VISUAL REQUIREMENTS A. The Contractor shall not cut and patch Work which is exposed on the exterior or exposed in occupied spaces, in a manner resulting in a reduction of visual qualities or resulting in substantial evidence of the cut and patch Work, both as judged solely by the Architect. The Contractor shall remove and replace Work judged by the Architect to have been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. The Contractor shall employ skilled trades people to perform cutting and patching. Except as otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and perform the Work promptly. B. The Contractor shall use methods least likely to damage Work to be retained and Work adjoining. 1. In general, where physical cutting action is required, the Contractor shall cut Work with sawing and grinding tools, not with hammering and chopping tools. 2. Comply with the requirements of Technical Specifications wherever applicable. 220025.00 01 73 29 - 2 Cutting and Patching © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. The 2015 International Building Code (IBC), as modified by the State of Wisconsin Chapters SPS 361-366 - Commercial Building Code, governs the requirements for products, materials, components, and systems that are indicated on the Drawings and specified in the Project Manual. 1.7 SUBMITTALS A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of the Contract for Construction, and Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures. B. Submit written request in advance of executing cutting or alteration that affects: 1. Work of Owner or separate contractor. 2. Structural integrity of project. 3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather exposed or moisture resistant elements or systems. 4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance, or safety of operational elements. 5. Visual qualities of sight exposed elements. C. Include in Request: 1. Identification of project. 2. Description of work affected. 3. Necessity for cutting or patching. 4. Effect of cutting or patching on work of Owner or separate contractor, or on structural, weatherproof, or visual integrity of project. 5. Description of proposed work: a. Scope of cutting and patching. b. Subcontractor and trades to execute work. c. Products proposed to be used. d. Extent of refinishing. 6. Alternate to cutting and patching. 7. Cost proposal, if applicable. 8. Written permission of any separate contractor whose work will be affected. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS USED IN CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Unless otherwise indicated, the Contractor shall provide materials for cutting and patching which will result in an equal-or-better product than the material being cut and patched, in terms of performance characteristics and including visual effects where applicable. The Contractor shall use material identical with the original materials where feasible. B. Materials shall comply with the requirements of the Technical Specifications wherever applicable. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 PREPARATION A. The Contractor shall provide adequate temporary support for Work to be cut to prevent failure. B. The Contractor shall provide adequate protection of other Work during cutting and patching. 3.2 CUTTING AND PATCHING A. Execute cutting and demolition by methods that will prevent damage to other work and will provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and new work. 220025.00 01 73 29 - 3 Cutting and Patching © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. B. Restore work that has been cut or removed; install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents. C. Refinish entire surfaces as necessary to provide an even finish: 1. Continuous surfaces: To nearest intersections. 2. Assembly: Refinish entirely. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 01 74 19 -1 Construction Waste Management And Disposal © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 74 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Salvaging nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 2. Recycling nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. 3. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 02 41 13 - "Site Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from site clearing and removal of above- and below-grade improvements. 2. Section 04 20 00 - "Unit Masonry" for disposal requirements for masonry waste. 1.3 DEFINITIONS 1. Construction Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging. 2. Demolition Waste: Building, structure, and site improvement materials resulting from demolition operations. 3. Disposal: Removal of demolition or construction waste and subsequent salvage, sale, recycling, or deposit in landfill, incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, or designated spoil areas on Owner’s property. 4. Recycle: Recovery of demolition or construction waste for subsequent processing in preparation for reuse. 5. Salvage: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent sale or reuse in another facility. 6. Salvage and Reuse: Recovery of demolition or construction waste and subsequent incorporation into the Work. 1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition and construction waste becomes property of Contractor. B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner. 1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner. 1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan as per General and Special Provisions. 220025.00 01 74 19 -2 Construction Waste Management And Disposal © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Waste Management Coordinator Qualifications: Experienced firm, or individual employed and assigned by General Contractor, with a record of successful waste management coordination of projects with similar requirements. Superintendent may serve as Waste Management Coordinator. B. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Universal certified by EPA-approved certification program. C. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Comply with requirements in Section 024116 "Building Demolition." D. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with transportation and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. E. Waste Management Conference(s): Conduct conference(s) at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of each contractor and waste management coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade. 1.7 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to requirements per the General and Special Provisions. PRODUCTS 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General: Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following: 1. Demolition Waste: a. Asphalt paving. b. Concrete. c. Concrete reinforcing steel. d. Brick. e. Concrete masonry units. f. Wood studs. g. Wood joists. h. Plywood and oriented strand board. i. Wood paneling. j. Wood trim. k. Structural and miscellaneous steel. l. Rough hardware. m. Roofing. n. Insulation. o. Doors and frames. p. Door hardware. q. Windows. r. Glazing. s. Metal studs. 220025.00 01 74 19 -3 Construction Waste Management And Disposal © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. t. Gypsum board. u. Acoustical tile and panels. v. Carpet. w. Carpet pad. x. Demountable partitions. y. Equipment. z. Cabinets. aa. Plumbing fixtures. bb. Piping. cc. Supports and hangers. dd. Valves. ee. Sprinklers. ff. Mechanical equipment. gg. Refrigerants. hh. Electrical conduit. ii. Copper wiring. jj. Lighting fixtures. kk. Lamps. ll. Ballasts. mm. Electrical devices. nn. Switchgear and panelboards. oo. Transformers. 2. Construction Waste: a. Masonry and CMU. b. Lumber. c. Wood sheet materials. d. Wood trim. e. Metals. f. Roofing. g. Insulation. h. Carpet and pad. i. Gypsum board. j. Piping. k. Electrical conduit. l. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 6) Wood crates. 7) Wood pallets. 8) Plastic pails. m. Construction Office Waste: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following construction office waste materials: 1) Paper. 2) Aluminum cans. 3) Glass containers. EXECUTION 3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 220025.00 01 74 19 -4 Construction Waste Management And Disposal © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls." B. Waste Management Coordinator: Engage a waste management coordinator to be responsible for implementing, monitoring, and reporting status of waste management work plan. C. Training: Train workers, subcontractors, and suppliers on proper waste management procedures, as appropriate for the Work. 1. Distribute waste management plan to everyone concerned within [three] <Insert number> days of submittal return. 2. Distribute waste management plan to entities when they first begin work on-site. Review plan procedures and locations established for salvage, recycling, and disposal. D. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct waste management operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Designate and label specific areas on Project site necessary for separating materials that are to be salvaged and recycled. 2. Comply with Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for controlling dust and dirt, environmental protection, and noise control. 3.2 SALVAGING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Comply with requirements in Section 024113 "Site Demolition" and Section 024119 "Structure Demolition" for salvaging demolition waste. B. Salvaged Items for Reuse in the Work: Salvage items for reuse and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until installation. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 5. Install salvaged items to comply with installation requirements for new materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make items functional for use indicated. C. Salvaged Items for Sale and Donation: Not permitted on Project site. D. Salvaged Items for Owner's Use: Salvage items for Owner's use and handle as follows: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers with label indicating elements, date of removal, quantity, and location where removed. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Transport items to Owner's storage area designated by Owner. 5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. E. Doors and Hardware: Brace open end of door frames. Except for removing door closers, leave door hardware attached to doors. F. Equipment: Drain tanks, piping, and fixtures. Seal openings with caps or plugs. Protect equipment from exposure to weather. G. Plumbing Fixtures: Separate by type and size. H. Lighting Fixtures: Separate lamps by type and protect from breakage. I. Electrical Devices: Separate switches, receptacles, switchgear, transformers, meters, panelboards, circuit breakers, and other devices by type. 220025.00 01 74 19 -5 Construction Waste Management And Disposal © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers. B. Recycling Incentives: Revenues, savings, rebates, tax credits, and other incentives received for recycling waste materials shall accrue to Owner. C. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process. D. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place, grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or processor as often as required to prevent overfilling bins. 3.4 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE A. Asphalt Paving: Grind asphalt to maximum 1-1/2-inch (38-mm) size. 1. Crush asphaltic concrete paving and screen to comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for use as general fill. B. Asphalt Paving: Break up and transport paving to asphalt-recycling facility. C. Concrete: Remove reinforcement and other metals from concrete and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize concrete to maximum [1-1/2-inch (38-mm)] [4-inch (100-mm)] size. 2. Crush concrete and screen to comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for use as satisfactory soil for fill or subbase. D. Masonry: Remove metal reinforcement, anchors, and ties from masonry and sort with other metals. 1. Pulverize masonry to maximum 1-inch (25-mm) size. a. Crush masonry and screen to comply with requirements in Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for use as [general fill] [satisfactory soil for fill or subbase]. b. Crush masonry and screen to comply with requirements in Section 329300 "Plants" for use as mineral mulch. 2. Clean and stack undamaged, whole masonry units on wood pallets. E. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials. F. Metals: Separate metals by type. 1. Structural Steel: Stack members according to size, type of member, and length. 2. Remove and dispose of bolts, nuts, washers, and other rough hardware. G. Asphalt Shingle Roofing: Separate organic and glass-fiber asphalt shingles and felts. Remove and dispose of nails, staples, and accessories. H. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. Remove edge trim and sort with other metals. Remove and dispose of fasteners. 220025.00 01 74 19 -6 Construction Waste Management And Disposal © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. I. Acoustical Ceiling Panels and Tile: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets and store in a dry location. J. Metal Suspension System: Separate metal members, including trim and other metals from acoustical panels and tile, and sort with other metals. K. Carpet and Pad: Roll large pieces tightly after removing debris, trash, adhesive, and tack strips. 1. Store clean, dry carpet and pad in a closed container or trailer provided by carpet reclamation agency or carpet recycler. L. Carpet Tile: Remove debris, trash, and adhesive. 1. Stack tile on pallet and store clean, dry carpet in a closed container or trailer provided by carpet reclamation agency or carpet recycler. M. Piping: Reduce piping to straight lengths and store by material and size. Separate supports, hangers, valves, sprinklers, and other components by material and size. N. Conduit: Reduce conduit to straight lengths and store by material and size. O. Lamps: Separate lamps by type and store according to requirements in 40 CFR 273. 3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE A. Packaging: 1. Cardboard and Boxes: Break down packaging into flat sheets. Bundle and store in a dry location. 2. Polystyrene Packaging: Separate and bag materials. 3. Pallets: As much as possible, require deliveries using pallets to remove pallets from Project site. For pallets that remain on-site, break down pallets into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. 4. Crates: Break down crates into component wood pieces and comply with requirements for recycling wood. B. Wood Materials: 1. Clean Cut-Offs of Lumber: Grind or chip into small pieces. 2. Clean Sawdust: Bag sawdust that does not contain painted or treated wood. C. Gypsum Board: Stack large clean pieces on wood pallets or in container and store in a dry location. 1. Clean Gypsum Board: Grind scraps of clean gypsum board using small mobile chipper or hammer mill. Screen out paper after grinding. D. Paint: Seal containers and store by type. 3.6 DISPOSAL OF WASTE A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas. B. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged or recycled, remove waste materials and legally dispose of at designated spoil areas on Owner’s property. C. Burning: Do not burn waste materials. END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 77 00 -1 Closeout Procedures © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Substantial Completion procedures. 2. Final completion procedures. 3. Warranties. 4. Final cleaning. 5. Repair of the Work. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 78 23 - Operation and Maintenance Data: Operation and maintenance manual requirements. 2. Section 01 78 39 - Project Record Documents: Record Drawings, Record Specifications, and Record Product Data. 1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: For each type of cleaning agent. B. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Initial submittal at Substantial Completion. C. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Final submittal at final completion. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Release: From authorities having jurisdiction. B. Certificate of Insurance: For continuing coverage. 1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS A. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: For maintenance material submittal items specified in other Sections. 220025.00 01 77 00 -2 Closeout Procedures © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.6 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Contractor's List of Incomplete Items: Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed and corrected (Contractor's punch list), indicating the value of each item on the list and reasons why the Work is incomplete. B. Submittals Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Certificates of Release: Obtain and submit releases from authorities having jurisdiction permitting Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases. 2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record documents, operation and maintenance manuals, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information. 3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents. 4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label with manufacturer's name and model number. a. Schedule of Maintenance Material Items: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals. 5. Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing records. 6. Submit sustainable design submittals not previously submitted. 7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance. C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are incomplete at time of request. 1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements. 2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel of changeover in security provisions. 3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment. 4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion. 5. Instruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings for Owner reference. 6. Complete final cleaning requirements. 7. Touch up paint and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects. D. Punch List Review: Submit a written request for Punch List review to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of 10 days prior to date the Work will be completed and ready for final Punch List review and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with Punch List review or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after Punch List review or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request a second Punch List review when the Work identified in previous Punch List review was incomplete. 2. Results of the completed Punch List review will form the basis of requirements for final completion. 1.7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final Punch List review for determining final completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 01 29 00 - Payment Procedures. 2. Certified List of Incomplete Items: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion Punch List review of items to be completed or corrected, endorsed and dated by Architect. 220025.00 01 77 00 -3 Closeout Procedures © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance. 3. Certificate of Insurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements. 4. Submit final completion photographic documentation. B. Punch List Review: Submit a written request for final Punch List review to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final Punch List review and tests. On receipt of request, Architect will either proceed with Observation review or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after Punch List review or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Request a final Punch List review when the Work identified in previous observations was incomplete, is completed or corrected. 1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. Organization of List: Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling, individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Name of Contractor. e. Page number. 4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format: a. PDF electronic file. Architect will return annotated file. 1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARRANTIES A. Time of Submittal: Submit written warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work where warranties are indicated to commence on dates other than date of Substantial Completion, or when delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty. B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by separate agreement with Contractor. C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project Manual. D. Warranty Electronic File: Provide warranties and bonds in PDF format. Assemble complete warranty and bond submittal package into a single electronic PDF file with bookmarks enabling navigation to each item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document. 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect. E. Warranties in Paper Form: 1. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper. 2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation, including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of Installer. 3. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES," Project name, and name of Contractor. 220025.00 01 77 00 -4 Closeout Procedures © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. F. Provide additional copies of each warranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting Observation for certification of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances. b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits. c. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site. d. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. e. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition. f. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums, shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces. g. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces. h. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain. i. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces. j. Remove labels that are not permanent. k. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove excess lubrication, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances. l. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure. m. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills. n. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or that display contamination with particulate matter during Punch List review. o. Clean luminaires, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. p. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy. C. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls. 220025.00 01 77 00 -5 Closeout Procedures © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting Punch List Review for determination of Substantial Completion. B. Repair, or remove and replace, defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition. 1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other damaged transparent materials. 2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration. a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification. 3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or reduce longevity. 4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures. END OF SECTION THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK 220025.00 01 78 23 - 1 Operation and Maintenance Data © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 78 23 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for preparing operation and maintenance manuals, including the following: 1. Operation and maintenance documentation directory manuals. 2. Emergency manuals. 3. Systems and equipment operation manuals. 4. Systems and equipment maintenance manuals. 5. Product maintenance manuals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures: submitting copies of submittals for operation and maintenance manuals. 1.3 DEFINITIONS A. System: An organized collection of parts, equipment, or subsystems united by regular interaction. B. Subsystem: A portion of a system with characteristics similar to a system. 1.4 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit operation and maintenance manuals indicated. Provide content for each manual as specified in individual Specification Sections, and as reviewed and approved at the time of Section submittals. Submit reviewed manual content formatted and organized as required by this Section. 1. Architect will comment on whether content of operation and maintenance submittals is acceptable. 2. Where applicable, clarify and update reviewed manual content to correspond to revisions and field conditions. B. Format: Submit operation and maintenance manuals in the following format: 1. Submit on digital media acceptable to Architect and send by email to Architect. Enable reviewer comments on draft submittals. C. Initial Manual Submittal: Submit draft copy of each manual at least 30 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will comment on whether general scope and content of manual are acceptable. D. Final Manual Submittal: Submit each manual in final form prior to requesting inspection for Substantial Completion and at least 15 days before commencing demonstration and training. Architect will return copy with comments. 1. Correct or revise each manual to comply with Architect's comments. Submit copies of each corrected manual within 15 days of receipt of Architect's comments and prior to commencing demonstration and training. 220025.00 01 78 23 - 2 Operation and Maintenance Data © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. E. Comply with Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures for schedule for submitting operation and maintenance documentation. 1.5 FORMAT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. for each manual type required. 1. Electronic Files: Use electronic files prepared by manufacturer where available. Where scanning of paper documents is required, configure scanned file for minimum readable file size. 2. File Names and Bookmarks: Bookmark individual documents based on file names. Name document files to correspond to system, subsystem, and equipment names used in manual directory and table of contents. Group documents for each system and subsystem into individual composite bookmarked files, then create composite manual, so that resulting bookmarks reflect the system, subsystem, and equipment names in a readily navigated file tree. Configure electronic manual to display bookmark panel on opening file. B. Manuals, Paper Copy: Submit manuals in the form of hard-copy, bound and labeled volumes. 1. Binders: Heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, [loose-leaf] [post-type] binders, in thickness necessary to accommodate contents, sized to hold 8-1/2-by-11-inch paper; with clear plastic sleeve on spine to hold label describing contents and with pockets inside covers to hold folded oversize sheets. a. If two or more binders are necessary to accommodate data of a system, organize data in each binder into groupings by subsystem and related components. Cross-reference other binders if necessary to provide essential information for proper operation or maintenance of equipment or system. b. Identify each binder on front and spine, with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL," Project title or name,[ and] subject matter of contents[, and indicate Specification Section number on bottom of spine]. Indicate volume number for multiple-volume sets. 2. Dividers: Heavy-paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each section of the manual. Mark each tab to indicate contents. Include typed list of products and major components of equipment included in the section on each divider, cross-referenced to Specification Section number and title of Project Manual. 3. Protective Plastic Sleeves: Transparent plastic sleeves designed to enclose diagnostic software storage media for computerized electronic equipment. Enclose title pages and directories in clear plastic sleeves. 4. Supplementary Text: Prepared on 8-1/2-by-11-inch white bond paper. 5. Drawings: Attach reinforced, punched binder tabs on drawings and bind with text. a. If oversize drawings are necessary, fold drawings to same size as text pages and use as foldouts. b. If drawings are too large to be used as foldouts, fold and place drawings in labeled envelopes and bind envelopes in rear of manual. At appropriate locations in manual, insert typewritten pages indicating drawing titles, descriptions of contents, and drawing locations. 1.6 REQUIREMENTS FOR EMERGENCY, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Organization of Manuals: Unless otherwise indicated, organize each manual into a separate section for each system and subsystem, and a separate section for each piece of equipment not part of a system. Each manual shall contain the following materials, in the order listed: 1. Title page. 2. Table of contents. 3. Manual contents. B. Title Page: Include the following information: 1. Subject matter included in manual. 2. Name and address of Project. 3. Name and address of Owner. 4. Date of submittal. 5. Name and contact information for Contractor. 220025.00 01 78 23 - 3 Operation and Maintenance Data © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 6. Name and contact information for Construction Manager. 7. Name and contact information for Architect. 8. Name and contact information for Commissioning Authority. 9. Names and contact information for major consultants to the Architect that designed the systems contained in the manuals. 10. Cross-reference to related systems in other operation and maintenance manuals. C. Table of Contents: List each product included in manual, identified by product name, indexed to the content of the volume, and cross-referenced to Specification Section number in Project Manual. 1. If operation or maintenance documentation requires more than one volume to accommodate data, include comprehensive table of contents for all volumes in each volume of the set. D. Manual Contents: Organize into sets of manageable size. Arrange contents alphabetically by system, subsystem, and equipment. If possible, assemble instructions for subsystems, equipment, and components of one system into a single binder. E. Identification: In the documentation directory and in each operation and maintenance manual, identify each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment with same designation used in the Contract Documents. If no designation exists, assign a designation according to ASHRAE Guideline 4, "Preparation of Operating and Maintenance Documentation for Building Systems." 1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION DIRECTORY MANUAL A. Operation and Maintenance Documentation Directory: Prepare a separate manual that provides an organized reference to emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals. List items and their location to facilitate ready access to desired information. Include the following: 1. List of Systems and Subsystems: List systems alphabetically. Include references to operation and maintenance manuals that contain information about each system. 2. List of Equipment: List equipment for each system, organized alphabetically by system. For pieces of equipment not part of system, list alphabetically in separate list. 3. Tables of Contents: Include a table of contents for each emergency, operation, and maintenance manual. 1.8 EMERGENCY MANUALS A. Emergency Manual: Assemble a complete set of emergency information indicating procedures for use by emergency personnel and by Owner's operating personnel for types of emergencies indicated. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each of the following: 1. Type of emergency. 2. Emergency instructions. 3. Emergency procedures. C. Type of Emergency: Where applicable for each type of emergency indicated below, include instructions and procedures for each system, subsystem, piece of equipment, and component: 1. Fire. 2. Flood. 3. Gas leak. 4. Water leak. 5. Power failure. 6. Water outage. 7. System, subsystem, or equipment failure. 8. Chemical release or spill. D. Emergency Instructions: Describe and explain warnings, trouble indications, error messages, and similar codes and signals. Include responsibilities of Owner's operating personnel for notification of Installer, supplier, and manufacturer to maintain warranties. 220025.00 01 78 23 - 4 Operation and Maintenance Data © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. E. Emergency Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Instructions on stopping. 2. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency. 3. Operating instructions for conditions outside normal operating limits. 4. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 5. Special operating instructions and procedures. 1.9 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATION MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Operation Manual: Assemble a complete set of data indicating operation of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include information required for daily operation and management, operating standards, and routine and special operating procedures. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: In addition to requirements in this Section, include operation data required in individual Specification Sections and the following information: 1. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions. Use designations for systems and equipment indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Performance and design criteria if Contractor has delegated design responsibility. 3. Operating standards. 4. Operating procedures. 5. Operating logs. 6. Wiring diagrams. 7. Control diagrams. 8. Piped system diagrams. 9. Precautions against improper use. 10. License requirements including inspection and renewal dates. C. Descriptions: Include the following: 1. Product name and model number. Use designations for products indicated on Contract Documents. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Equipment identification with serial number of each component. 4. Equipment function. 5. Operating characteristics. 6. Limiting conditions. 7. Performance curves. 8. Engineering data and tests. 9. Complete nomenclature and number of replacement parts. D. Operating Procedures: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Startup procedures. 2. Equipment or system break-in procedures. 3. Routine and normal operating instructions. 4. Regulation and control procedures. 5. Instructions on stopping. 6. Normal shutdown instructions. 7. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions. 8. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems. 9. Special operating instructions and procedures. E. Systems and Equipment Controls: Describe the sequence of operation, and diagram controls as installed. F. Piped Systems: Diagram piping as installed, and identify color coding where required for identification. 220025.00 01 78 23 - 5 Operation and Maintenance Data © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1.10 SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Systems and Equipment Maintenance Manuals: Assemble a complete set of data indicating maintenance of each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. Include manufacturers' maintenance documentation, preventive maintenance procedures and frequency, repair procedures, wiring and systems diagrams, lists of spare parts, and warranty information. 1. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to assemble and prepare information for each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system. 2. Prepare a separate manual for each system and subsystem, in the form of an instructional manual for use by Owner's operating personnel. B. Content: For each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment not part of a system, include source information, manufacturers' maintenance documentation, maintenance procedures, maintenance and service schedules, spare parts list and source information, maintenance service contracts, and warranties and bonds as described below. C. Source Information: List each system, subsystem, and piece of equipment included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Manufacturers' Maintenance Documentation: Include the following information for each component part or piece of equipment: 1. Standard maintenance instructions and bulletins; include only sheets pertinent to product or component installed. Mark each sheet to identify each product or component incorporated into the Work. If data include more than one item in a tabular format, identify each item using appropriate references from the Contract Documents. Identify data applicable to the Work and delete references to information not applicable. a. Prepare supplementary text if manufacturers' standard printed data are not available and where the information is necessary for proper operation and maintenance of equipment or systems. 2. Drawings, diagrams, and instructions required for maintenance, including disassembly and component removal, replacement, and assembly. 3. Identification and nomenclature of parts and components. 4. List of items recommended to be stocked as spare parts. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include the following information and items that detail essential maintenance procedures: 1. Test and inspection instructions. 2. Troubleshooting guide. 3. Precautions against improper maintenance. 4. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions. 5. Aligning, adjusting, and checking instructions. 6. Demonstration and training video recording, if available. F. Maintenance and Service Schedules: Include service and lubrication requirements, list of required lubricants for equipment, and separate schedules for preventive and routine maintenance and service with standard time allotment. 1. Scheduled Maintenance and Service: Tabulate actions for daily, weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual frequencies. 2. Maintenance and Service Record: Include manufacturers' forms for recording maintenance. G. Spare Parts List and Source Information: Include lists of replacement and repair parts, with parts identified and cross-referenced to manufacturers' maintenance documentation and local sources of maintenance materials and related services. H. Maintenance Service Contracts: Include copies of maintenance agreements with name and telephone number of service agent. 220025.00 01 78 23 - 6 Operation and Maintenance Data © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. I. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. J. Drawings: Prepare drawings supplementing manufacturers' printed data to illustrate the relationship of component parts of equipment and systems and to illustrate control sequence and flow diagrams. Coordinate these drawings with information contained in record Drawings to ensure correct illustration of completed installation. 1. Do not use original project record documents as part of maintenance manuals. 1.11 PRODUCT MAINTENANCE MANUALS A. Product Maintenance Manual: Assemble a complete set of maintenance data indicating care and maintenance of each product, material, and finish incorporated into the Work. B. Content: Organize manual into a separate section for each product, material, and finish. Include source information, product information, maintenance procedures, repair materials and sources, and warranties and bonds, as described below. C. Source Information: List each product included in manual, identified by product name and arranged to match manual's table of contents. For each product, list name, address, and telephone number of Installer or supplier and maintenance service agent, and cross-reference Specification Section number and title in Project Manual and drawing or schedule designation or identifier where applicable. D. Product Information: Include the following, as applicable: 1. Product name and model number. 2. Manufacturer's name. 3. Color, pattern, and texture. 4. Material and chemical composition. 5. Reordering information for specially manufactured products. E. Maintenance Procedures: Include manufacturer's written recommendations and the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning. 3. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product. 4. Schedule for routine cleaning and maintenance. 5. Repair instructions. F. Repair Materials and Sources: Include lists of materials and local sources of materials and related services. G. Warranties and Bonds: Include copies of warranties and bonds and lists of circumstances and conditions that would affect validity of warranties or bonds. 1. Include procedures to follow and required notifications for warranty claims. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION 220025.00 01 78 39 - 1 Project Record Documents © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. SECTION 01 78 39 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings, General Provisions and Special Provisions of the Contract, including Attachments, apply to this Section. 1.2 SUMMARY A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the following: 1. Record Drawings. 2. Record Specifications. 3. Record Product Data. 4. Miscellaneous Record Submittals. B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures for general closeout procedures. 2. Section 01 78 23 - Operation and Maintenance Data for operation and maintenance manual requirements. 1.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following: 1. Number of Copies: Submit one set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of Record Drawings as follows: a. Initial Submittal: 1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one of file prints. 3) Submit record digital data files and one set(s) of plots. 4) Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable. b. Final Submittal: 1) Submit three paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and three set(s) of prints. 3) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. c. Final Submittal: 1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints. 2) Submit record digital data files and three set(s) of record digital data file plots. 3) Plot each drawing file, whether or not changes and additional information were recorded. B. Record Specifications: Submit annotated PDF electronic files of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications. C. Record Product Data: Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. 1. Where record Product Data are required as part of operation and maintenance manuals, submit duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual. 220025.00 01 78 39 - 2 Project Record Documents © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit annotated PDF electronic files and directories of each submittal. E. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into project record documents concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product selections, and other notations incorporated. 1.4 RECORD DRAWINGS A. Record Drawings: Maintain one set of marked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modifications are issued. 1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of corresponding marked-up record prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to identify or measure and record later. b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. d. Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations. e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding photographic documentation. 2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dimensional changes to Drawings. b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings. c. Depths of foundations. d. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits. e. Revisions to electrical circuitry. f. Actual equipment locations. g. Duct size and routing. h. Locations of concealed internal utilities. i. Changes made by Change Order or Work Change Directive. j. Changes made following Architect's written orders. k. Details not on the original Contract Drawings. l. Field records for variable and concealed conditions. m. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically. 3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints. 4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at same location. 5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings. 6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and similar identification, where applicable. B. Record Digital Data Files: Immediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion, review marked-up record prints with Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows: 1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original Contract Drawings. 2. Format: DWG, Microsoft Windows operating system. 3. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 4. Incorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete, redraw, and add details and notations where applicable. 5. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution. 6. Architect will furnish Contractor with one set of digital data files of the Contract Drawings for use in recording information. a. See Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination for requirements related to use of Architect's digital data files. b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record markups in separate layers. 220025.00 01 78 39 - 3 Project Record Documents © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. C. Format: Identify and date each record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. 1. Record Prints: Organize record prints into manageable sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Include identification on cover sheets. 2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file with comment function enabled. 3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification. Include identification in each digital data file. 4. Identification: As follows: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS." d. Name of Architect. e. Name of Contractor. 1.5 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, Installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made. 4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation and maintenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data. 5. Note related Change Orders, Record Product Data, and Record Drawings where applicable. B. Format: Submit record Specifications as annotated PDF electronic file. 1.6 RECORD PRODUCT DATA A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not wait until end of Project. B. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Include significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's written instructions for installation. 3. Note related Change Orders, Record Specifications, and Record Drawings where applicable. C. Format: Submit record Product Data as annotated PDF electronic file. 1. Include record Product Data directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of record Product Data. 1.7 MISCELLANEOUS RECORD SUBMITTALS A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference. B. Format: Submit miscellaneous record submittals as PDF electronic file of marked-up miscellaneous record submittals. 220025.00 01 78 39 - 4 Project Record Documents © Zimmerman Architectural Studios, Inc. 1. Include miscellaneous record submittals directory organized by Specification Section number and title, electronically linked to each item of miscellaneous record submittals. 1.8 MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS A. Maintenance of Record Documents: Store record documents in the field office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for Architect's reference during normal working hours. PART 2 - PRODUCTS Not Used PART 3 - EXECUTION Not Used END OF SECTION Architecture | Engineering | Interiors | Planning | Landscape Architecture zastudios.com info@zastudios.com 2122 West Mt. Vernon Ave, Milwaukee, WI, 53233 PART 3 – SPECIAL PROVISIONS Attachment 3 Geotech Exhibit 10/04/2023 City of Janesville Woodman’s Sports & Convention Center (WSCC) 2500 Milton Avenue Janesville, Wisconsin 53545 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK S T S T S T S T ST ST ST ST ST ST S T S T 728818469C-SHC-SC-S HC-SC-S HC-SC-SHC-SC-S HC-S5050503169323232322938432026152524354020WWWWWWWWWWSTSTSANSANSANSANSANSTSTSTWoodman's Sports and Convention CenterGeotech ExhibitNorthScale: 1" = 100'2022-11-08255 North 21st Street Milwaukee Wisconsin 53233414.475.5554 414.773.9299 fax harwood@hecl.com THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Architecture | Engineering | Interiors | Planning | Landscape Architecture zastudios.com info@zastudios.com 2122 West Mt. Vernon Ave, Milwaukee, WI, 53233 PART 3 – SPECIAL PROVISIONS Attachment 4 Furnishing, Fixtures, And Equipment (FFE) Matrix 10/04/2023 City of Janesville Woodman’s Sports & Convention Center (WSCC) 2500 Milton Avenue Janesville, Wisconsin 53545 THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY BLANK Owner Supplied Contractor Installed (or vendor specific) Contractor Supplied & Installed City Procured & Installed, Owner Supplied & Installed 100 VESTIBULE Benches (2) Dining chairs (8) Dining tables (4) Lounge chairs (10) End tables (6) Lounge - serpentine (2) Coffee table (2) Benches (8) 101 (A)LOCKER ALCOVE Lockers X Tables (10)Trash cans (2)X Task chairs (20)TV monitor mounts X ProAudio Racks X Folding partition X Tables (10)Trash cans (2)X Task chairs (20)TV monitor X 104 STOR 105 FIRST AID Cot/Training table Wall mtd chairs (2) 106 TOILETS Desks (6)Computers (4)X Task chairs (5)Copier/printer X Skate sharpener X Verify with owner Skate racks (9)X Verify with owner Tables (3)TV monitor X Dining chairs (12)Refrigerator X Coffee maker X Microwave X Trash cans (2)X Guest Chair (2) Task chairs (1)Computer X Desk File cabinet Task chairs (1)Computer X Desk Guest Chair (2) Conf table (1) File cabinet (2) Task chairs (3)Computers X Workstations (3) Lockers X Lateral File (1)Copier X Storage Cabinet (1)TV monitor X Trash cans (2)X 113 ELECTRICAL 114 JAN X Large trash cans (6)X iPads (3)X Shelving units (5)X Short refrigerator (5)X Large refrigerator (3)X Warming cabinet X Toaster ovens (2)X Coffee maker X 115 (C)DRY STORAGE Shelving units (3)X Large trash cans (2) X iPads (2)X Shelving units (2)X Large refrigerator (2) X Rectangle dining tables (10) Trash cans ? Round dining tables (3) Coffee tables (2) End tables (3) Benches (1) Dining chairs (12) Lounge chairs (6) Lounge - serpentine (2) 118 VESTIBULE Benches 119 WELLNESS ROOM COPY AREA112 (A) BREAKROOM109 OFFICE110 OFFICE111 MAIN LOBBY101 MEETING ROOM (A)102 BEER SALES116 115 (A) & 115 (B)FOOD PREP & CONCESSIONS MEETING ROOM (B)103 CHECK-IN/RENTAL107 SKATE RENTAL108 112 ADMIN ICE ARENA LOBBY117 Equipment Furniture (Designer to provide specs/quantities, all coordination by owner) ROOM NAMEROOM NUMBER GC CONTRACT City to procure direct from vendor, take out of GC specs 120 FAMILY RESTROOM 121 WOMEN 121 (A)WELLNESS ROOM Lounge chair (1) 122 MEN 123 WET TEAM ROOM 4 Coat hook strips X Benches built-in plans 124 WET TEAM RR 125 WET TEAM ROOM 3 Coat hook strips X 126 TEAM ROOM 5 Coat hook strips X 127 TEAM ROOM 4 Coat hook strips X 128 UNISEX TLT Stool Clinic Sponsored Exam tables (2)X Guest chair Clinic sponsor Ice caddy X 130 PASSAGE 131 LAUNDRY Washer/dryer (2) X By the Jets? TV monitor X Jets to pay for Stick rack X Lockers X 133 MAIN COACH TV monitor X Jets to provide 133(A) CLOSET Stick rack X Jets to pay for 134 ELEC Ice rink bumpers X Skate assist storage X Training tires X Mounting hooks (?) Hocket nets (10) X Goal stations X Padding X Volleyball nets X Pickelball nets X Soccer nets X Scoreboards x Skate Harness System X X 136 (A)MERCYHEALTH ARENA NORTH SEATING 136 (B) MERCYHEALTH ARENA SOUTH SEATING 137 Y.H. STORAGE JYH Shelving units (27) X Paid, assembled, installed by JYH 138 WET TEAM ROOM #1 Coat hook strips X Benches 139 WET TEAM RR 140 WET TEAM ROOM #2 Coat hook strips X Benches 141 UNISEX TLT 142 JAN Shelving & trash cart X Computers X Furn by youth hockey 144 PASSAGE 145 REFEREE Round table (1) Lockers X Side Chairs (4) 146 REFEREE RR 147 TEAM ROOM 1 Coat hook strips X Benches 148 TEAM ROOM 2 Coat hook strips X Benches 149 TEAM ROOM 3 Coat hook strips X Benches 150 IT Need equipment 151 ICE RINK CIRCULATION 152 ELEV 153 ELEV EQ Goal stations X Padding X Volleyball nets X Pickelball nets X Soccer nets X Scoreboards X Basketball hoops (9 hoops, 2 courts) X Skate Harness System X Possible future install by owner 154 (A) MULTIPURPOSE SEATING Bench seating X Ice rink bumpers X Confirm youth hockey Skate assist storage X Needed for city open skate? Brought over from late arena 155 LOBBY / LINK Basketball hoops (3) X Share sports equipment specs Folding partitions (4) X 157 ELECTRIC 157 (A) AV CLOSET Add equipment 158 STORAGE Refrigerators (6) X counter top with stove (1) X MULTI-USE CONVENTION SPACE156 MULTI-PURPOSE AREA154 MULTIPURPOSE ARENA CIRCULATION154 (B) TRAINING129 MAIN TEAM ROOM132 YH COACH143 ICE RINK CIRCULATION135 STORAGE135(A) MERCYHEALTH ARENA136 Share sports equipment specs Share sports equipment specs, list quanitites, review lacrosse, where is all stored? Owner Supplied Contractor Installed (or vendor specific) Contractor Supplied & Installed City Procured & Installed, Owner Supplied & Installed Equipment Furniture (Designer to provide specs/quantities, all coordination by owner) ROOM NAMEROOM NUMBER GC CONTRACT sinks on countertops (6)X Microwave (1)X Sinks on wall (2)X Sink mop (1)X Turbochef (1 or 2 ?)X Working center tables (5)X double door storage closets (3)X Stacking chairs (300) Storage transportation carts X Are carts and chairs separate? Bought together Folding tables Moveable platform storage X Steps/ramps storage X Misc. gym equipment ? X Examples of equipment? 162 FAMILY TLT 163 JAN Shelving & trash cart X 164 MALL CONNECTION 165 WOMEN'S 166 MEN'S Large Hockey Nets (4) X Per JLG plan, quantities & sizes. Verify where and how many of these are being brough over vs bought new Temp Boards (24) X 167 (B)AV CLOSET 168 MECHANICAL 169 ELECTRICAL Large Hockey Nets (4) X Verify where and how many of these are being brough over vs bought new Zamboni (1)X 171 VESTIBULE 172 REFRIGERATION 172(A)CLOSET 8U Hockey Nets (3)X 6U Hockey Nets (6)X Training tires X 174 TEMP STORAGE 175 F.S. STORAGE 176 IT/GEN STORAGE 179 METER/RISER 201 MEZZANINE Round dining tables (4) Undercounter refrigerator X Stools (10) Chairs (4) 203 PRESS BOX Task chairs (5) 204 ROOF ACCESS Dining tables (3) Chairs (4) Stools (6) 206 ADA AND COMPANION 207 ADA AND COMPANION Dining tables (2) Stools (6) Chairs (4) 209 ADA AND COMPANION 210 AV CLOSET Dining tables (10)Bike racks X Dining chairs (40)Trash cans/storage w/ cover X Quantities per Boelter docs RESURFACER/ SHOP TOOLS/LAUNDRY GENERAL BUILDING STORAGE167 LOADING/RECEIVING/STORAGE160 170 WARMING ROOM159 HOCKEY STORAGE173 SPONSOR SUITE202 TRASH CANS & AED'S BY CITY. 205 208 CORNER SUITE EXTERIOR FURNISHINGS NOTE: AV & ACOUSTICAL TREATMENTS BY OTHER, CCTV & ACCESS CONTROL BY HARDOOD. CORNER SUITE Owner Supplied Contractor Installed (or vendor specific) Contractor Supplied & Installed City Procured & Installed, Owner Supplied & Installed Equipment Furniture (Designer to provide specs/quantities, all coordination by owner) ROOM NAMEROOM NUMBER GC CONTRACT